WO2024021727A9 - Method for controlling incoming call to be mute, and electronic device - Google Patents

Method for controlling incoming call to be mute, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024021727A9
WO2024021727A9 PCT/CN2023/091978 CN2023091978W WO2024021727A9 WO 2024021727 A9 WO2024021727 A9 WO 2024021727A9 CN 2023091978 W CN2023091978 W CN 2023091978W WO 2024021727 A9 WO2024021727 A9 WO 2024021727A9
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electronic device
data
action
peak
incoming call
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/091978
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
WO2024021727A1 (en
Inventor
李丹洪
Original Assignee
荣耀终端有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 荣耀终端有限公司 filed Critical 荣耀终端有限公司
Publication of WO2024021727A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024021727A1/en
Publication of WO2024021727A9 publication Critical patent/WO2024021727A9/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/72409User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories
    • H04M1/72412User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories using two-way short-range wireless interfaces
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
    • H04M1/72454User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions according to context-related or environment-related conditions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72484User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones wherein functions are triggered by incoming communication events

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of terminals, and specifically, to a method and electronic device for controlling incoming call muting.
  • wearable devices such as smart bracelets or smart watches are becoming more and more popular in daily life. Most of these wearable devices have functions such as calling, timing, step counting, or health monitoring.
  • the wearable device receives the incoming call information, if the user wants to answer or hang up the call, he or she needs to perform corresponding touch operations on the screen of the wearable device or operate the device buttons.
  • wearable devices can be used to mute incoming calls.
  • the current method of controlling the mute of incoming calls requires the user to perform corresponding operations when the wearable device is in a fixed position (for example, with the display facing up); because when muting incoming calls, the wearable device needs to be placed in a fixed position, resulting in possible Wearable devices have great limitations in muting incoming calls, which is not conducive to users using wearable devices to mute incoming calls in various scenarios.
  • This application provides a method and electronic device for controlling incoming call muting, which enables users to more conveniently perform operations related to incoming call muting and improves user experience.
  • a method for controlling incoming call muting is provided, applied to a system including a first electronic device and a second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device is communicatively connected to the second electronic device.
  • the second electronic device For wearable devices, the method includes:
  • the information of the first peak and the information of the second peak are obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor.
  • the first peak is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action.
  • the first acceleration signal amplitude is The acceleration signal at the first moment
  • the second peak value is the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action
  • the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment;
  • the first preset threshold is to stop part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  • a second electronic device for example, a wearable device
  • a second electronic device for example, a wearable device
  • the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the first action and the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action if the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, that is, the posture of the first action is consistent with the second action.
  • the posture of the action conforms to the posture of the preset action, and the direction of the first action is different from the direction of the second action.
  • the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be stopped; that is, the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be Implement the incoming call mute function; in the embodiment of the present application, since the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the first action and the second action of the user; in other words, the present application implements
  • the method for controlling incoming call muting provided in the example can be applied to more scenarios.
  • the user When performing operations related to incoming call muting, the user does not need to be limited to a fixed scene where the screen of the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) is facing up and the palm is in the palm; therefore,
  • the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can realize incoming call muting more intelligently, allowing users to perform operations related to incoming call muting more conveniently; and improving user experience.
  • detecting an incoming call from the first electronic device may refer to detecting whether the first electronic device is currently in a called state; for example, whether the first electronic device is currently in a called and unanswered state.
  • the embodiments of the present application are to mute the incoming calls of the first electronic device and/or the wearable device when the first electronic device receives an incoming call; therefore, when the first electronic device receives an incoming call, it is possible to The first electronic device is considered to be in a state of ringing and/or vibrating for incoming calls; in embodiments of the present application, it may not be considered that the first electronic device or the wearable device is in a silent state.
  • the preset action includes an action of turning the wrist.
  • the first action and the second action may be actions of the user turning the wrist in different directions.
  • the preset actions may also include actions with the user's intended direction, such as raising and lowering the wrist, extending and retracting the wrist, taking a step forward, or taking a step back.
  • the first step is stopped.
  • Part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
  • the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to a first preset threshold, and the ratio of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the second acceleration signal amplitude satisfies the first Scope, stop part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  • the ratio between the amplitude of the first acceleration signal and the amplitude of the second acceleration signal satisfies the first range, that is, it is determined whether the ratio of the amplitude of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the amplitude of the second acceleration signal meets the first range;
  • the ratio of the amplitude values meets the first range, stop part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device, that is, mute the incoming call on the first electronic device and/or the wearable device; in this application
  • the ratio of the amplitudes of the first action and the second action can be further judged; therefore, it is possible to a certain extent This effectively avoid
  • obtaining the first peak information and the second peak information based on the data of the acceleration sensor includes:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on a peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set, where the data set includes information on the first peak and information on the second peak.
  • the peak-finding algorithm refers to finding the location of the peak or trough of a set of signals.
  • the data based on the acceleration sensor can be used to detect whether there are peaks and troughs, that is, whether there is data about the first action and the second action (for example, turning the wrist twice); based on the data based on the acceleration sensor, it can be determined
  • the position information of the wave peak and the wave trough; based on the position information, the time information corresponding to the wave peak and the wave trough can be obtained, thereby determining whether the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold; in the time difference If the value satisfies the first preset threshold, mute the incoming call on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device; that is, stop part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  • the data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on a peak-finding algorithm to obtain a data set, including:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor is processed through a neural network model to obtain the data set, and the neural network model is used to run the peak-finding algorithm.
  • the peak-finding algorithm can be performed on the data of the acceleration sensor through a neural network model; wherein the neural network model can include a convolutional neural network; executing the peak-finding algorithm through the neural network model can improve the operation of the peak-finding algorithm. Efficiency; thereby shortening the waiting time for the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device to mute incoming calls.
  • the data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on the peak-finding algorithm to obtain a data set, including:
  • the processed data is processed based on the peak-finding algorithm to obtain the data set.
  • part of the noise data can be eliminated by performing filtering data processing on the acquired acceleration sensor data, thereby ensuring the accuracy of the acceleration sensor data.
  • filtering the data of the acceleration sensor to obtain processed data includes:
  • the mean filter can be used for filtering processing; because the mean filter has good anti-noise performance for motion states with non-periodic motion and periodic motion; therefore, by using the mean filter, Filtering the acquired acceleration sensor data can effectively reduce the noise in the data.
  • the information of the first peak includes a first identifier, the first identifier is an identifier of a data frame corresponding to the first peak; the information of the second peak includes a second identifier, the second identifier is an identifier of a data frame corresponding to the second peak, and the time difference is based on the The time difference between the first identifier and the second identifier.
  • a direction of the first action is opposite to a direction of the second action.
  • the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action can be opposite; after performing the first action, the user can perform a second action opposite to the direction of the first action, making the user's operation more convenient. Improve user experience.
  • the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action, including:
  • the direction of the first action is clockwise, and the direction of the second action is counterclockwise; or,
  • the direction of the first movement is counterclockwise, and the direction of the second movement is clockwise.
  • the first action is an action of turning the wrist for the first time
  • the second action is an action of turning the wrist for the second time
  • the direction of the first time turning of the wrist is In the opposite direction to the second flip of your wrist as described.
  • turning the wrist may refer to rotating the wrist.
  • the direction of turning the wrist for the first time is clockwise, and the direction of turning the wrist for the second time is counterclockwise; or,
  • the direction of turning the wrist for the first time is counterclockwise, and the direction of turning the wrist for the second time is clockwise.
  • the first peak value is a peak value and the second peak value is a trough value.
  • the first peak value is the trough value
  • the second peak value is the peak value
  • collecting data from an acceleration sensor in the second electronic device includes:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected within a preset time period, and the preset time period is the time period of the incoming call.
  • collecting the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device may mean that when an incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, collecting the data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device within the time period of the incoming call from the first electronic device. data; in other words, when no incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device does not need to be collected; thus, to a certain extent, it is possible to avoid collecting the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device all the time. This leads to the problem of high power consumption.
  • the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device can be collected all the time; that is, when no incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device can also be collected; when detecting After the first electronic device receives a call, the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device can be continued to be collected, and the data can be processed by a peak-finding algorithm to determine whether the first peak and the second peak can be detected in the data. Based on the first peak The information and the second peak information perform silent incoming calls on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  • stopping the first electronic device and/or Or part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the second electronic device including:
  • all prompt information in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device may be stopped, so that the first electronic device And/or the second electronic device will not provide any reminder to the user, reducing the impact of the incoming call on the user.
  • the stopping of all prompt information for the incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
  • stopping part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
  • stopping part of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
  • the prompt information includes ring prompt information and/or vibration prompt information.
  • the communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device includes:
  • the first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected wirelessly, or the first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected via Bluetooth.
  • the communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device can also be achieved through other methods.
  • some implementations of the first aspect also include:
  • a first operation is detected in the first interface, and the first operation is an operation indicating to turn on muting of incoming calls.
  • an electronic device including a module/unit for executing the method of controlling incoming call muting in the first aspect or any one of the implementations of the first aspect.
  • an electronic device in a third aspect, includes one or more processors and a memory; the memory is coupled to the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program codes.
  • the computer program code includes computer instructions that are invoked by the one or more processors to cause the electronic device to perform:
  • the information of the first peak and the information of the second peak are obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor.
  • the first peak is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action.
  • the first acceleration signal amplitude is The acceleration signal at the first moment
  • the second peak value is the second acceleration signal related to the second action of the user Amplitude
  • the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment;
  • first action and the second action comply with the preset action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different, determine the distance between the first moment and the second moment. If the time difference is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device is stopped.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device may be the first electronic device in the first aspect or the second electronic device in the first aspect.
  • the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to a first preset threshold, and the ratio of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the second acceleration signal amplitude satisfies the first Scope, stop part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  • the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on a peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set, where the data set includes information on the first peak and information on the second peak.
  • the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor is processed by a neural network model to obtain the data set, and the neural network model is used to run the peak-finding algorithm.
  • the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • the processed data is processed based on the peak-finding algorithm to obtain the data set.
  • the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • the information of the first peak includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of the data frame corresponding to the first peak;
  • the second The peak information includes a second identifier, the second identifier is an identifier of the data frame corresponding to the second peak, and the time difference is a time difference obtained based on the first identifier and the second identifier.
  • the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action.
  • the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action, including:
  • the direction of the first action is clockwise, and the direction of the second action is counterclockwise; or,
  • the direction of the first action is counterclockwise, and the direction of the second action is clockwise.
  • the one or more processors call the Computer instructions to cause the electronic device to perform:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected within a preset time period, and the preset time period is the time period of the incoming call.
  • the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude collected based on the first action of the user; the second peak value is based on the first action of the user. The second acceleration signal amplitude collected by the user's second action.
  • the preset action includes an action of turning the wrist.
  • the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • the prompt information includes ringing prompt information and/or vibration prompt information.
  • the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • the communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device includes:
  • the first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected wirelessly, or the first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected via Bluetooth.
  • the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
  • a first operation is detected in the first interface, and the first operation is an operation indicating to turn on muting of incoming calls.
  • a fourth aspect provides an electronic device.
  • the electronic device includes one or more processors and memories; the memory is coupled to the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program codes, and the The computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute the method of controlling incoming call muting in the first aspect or any implementation of the first aspect.
  • a chip system is provided.
  • the chip system is applied to an electronic device.
  • the chip system includes one or more processors.
  • the processor is used to call computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute the first aspect. Or the method for controlling incoming call muting in any implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program code.
  • the computer program code When executed by an electronic device, the electronic device implements the method for controlling incoming call muting in the first aspect or any one of the implementations of the first aspect.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run by an electronic device, the electronic device causes the electronic device to execute the first aspect or any of the first aspects.
  • a second electronic device for example, a wearable device
  • a second electronic device for example, a wearable device
  • the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the first action and the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action if the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, that is, the posture of the first action is consistent with the second action.
  • the posture of the action conforms to the posture of the preset action, and the direction of the first action is different from the direction of the second action.
  • the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be stopped; that is, the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be Implement the incoming call mute function; in the embodiment of the present application, since the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the first action and the second action of the user; in other words, the present application implements
  • the method for controlling incoming call muting provided in the example can be applied to more scenarios.
  • the user When performing operations related to incoming call muting, the user does not need to be limited to a fixed scene where the screen of the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) is facing up and the palm is in the palm; therefore,
  • the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can realize incoming call muting more intelligently, allowing users to perform operations related to incoming call muting more conveniently; and improving user experience.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a hardware system suitable for electronic equipment of the present application
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a software system suitable for interaction between electronic devices and wearable devices of the present application
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario suitable for the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of an acceleration signal collected by an acceleration sensor provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the direction of the user's first action or second action provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 9 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of a method for obtaining tag values based on data from an acceleration sensor provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of another method for obtaining tag values based on data from an acceleration sensor provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 13 is a schematic flow chart of a method for obtaining tag values based on data from an acceleration sensor provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a graphical user interface of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG15 is a schematic diagram of a graphical user interface of another wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of a graphical user interface of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG17 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Incoming call mute means that when the terminal device is called (for example, there is a new incoming call), the terminal device changes from the ringing state to the silent state without hanging up the call.
  • An acceleration sensor is a device in a terminal device that can measure acceleration.
  • the peak-finding algorithm refers to an algorithm used to find the location of peaks or valleys in a set of signals.
  • Figure 1 shows a hardware system suitable for the electronic device of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a mobile phone, a smart screen, a tablet, a wearable electronic device, a vehicle-mounted electronic device, an augmented reality (AR) device, a virtual reality (VR) device, a notebook computer, or a super mobile personal computer ( Ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), projector, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not place any restrictions on the specific type of the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • a processor 110 an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure shown in FIG1 does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than those shown in FIG1, or the electronic device 100 may include a combination of some of the components shown in FIG1, or the electronic device 100 may include sub-components of some of the components shown in FIG1.
  • the components shown in FIG1 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include at least one of the following processing units: an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor) , ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (DSP), baseband processor, neural-network processing unit (NPU).
  • AP application processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • ISP image signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • different processing units can be independent devices or integrated devices.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • the processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may include at least one of the following interfaces: an inter-integrated circuit (I2C) interface, an inter-integrated circuit sound (I2S) interface, pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, SIM interface, USB interface.
  • I2C inter-integrated circuit
  • I2S inter-integrated circuit sound
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • the processor 110 may be used to execute the method for controlling incoming call muting provided in the embodiment of the present application; for example, detecting an incoming call from the first electronic device; in response to the incoming call, collecting data from the second electronic device The data of the acceleration sensor; the information of the first peak value and the information of the second peak value are obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor.
  • the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action
  • the first acceleration signal amplitude is The acceleration signal at the first moment
  • the second peak value is the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action
  • the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment; if the first action and the second action meet the predetermined Assume an action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different, determine that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, stop the first electronic device and/or the second Part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in an electronic device.
  • connection relationship between the modules shown in FIG. 1 is only a schematic illustration and does not constitute a limitation on the connection relationship between the modules of the electronic device 100 .
  • each module of the electronic device 100 may also adopt a combination of various connection methods in the above embodiments.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, modem processor, baseband processor and other components.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, which connects the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • Display 194 may be used to display images or videos.
  • display screen 194 may be used to display images or videos.
  • Display 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (AMOLED), flexible Light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), mini light-emitting diode (mini light-emitting diode, Mini LED), micro light-emitting diode (micro light-emitting diode (Micro LED), micro OLED (Micro OLED) or quantum dot light emitting diodes (QLED).
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the camera, the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can algorithmically optimize the noise, brightness and color of the image. ISP can also optimize parameters such as exposure and color temperature of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 (which may also be called a lens) is used to capture still images or videos. It can be triggered by application instructions to realize the camera function, such as capturing images of any scene.
  • the camera can include imaging lenses, filters, image sensors and other components. The light emitted or reflected by the object enters the imaging lens, passes through the optical filter, and finally converges on the image sensor.
  • the imaging lens is mainly used to collect and image the light emitted or reflected by all objects in the camera angle (which can also be called the scene to be shot, the target scene, or the scene image that the user expects to shoot);
  • the filter is mainly used to To filter out excess light waves in the light (such as light waves other than visible light, such as infrared);
  • the image sensor can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) ) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the image sensor is mainly used to photoelectrically convert the received optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfer the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals.
  • the digital signal processor is used to process digital signals. In addition to processing digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy.
  • video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • Electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3 and MPEG4.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • MPEG2 MPEG2
  • MPEG3 MPEG3
  • MPEG4 MPEG4
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 100 .
  • the angular velocity of electronic device 100 about three axes ie, x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. For example, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the angle at which the electronic device 100 shakes, and calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate based on the angle, so that the lens can offset the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used in scenarios such as navigation and somatosensory games.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. The acceleration sensor 180E can also be used to identify the posture of the electronic device 100 as an input parameter for applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching and pedometer.
  • distance sensor 180F is used to measure distance.
  • the electronic device 100 can measure by infrared or laser measure distance.
  • the electronic device 100 may utilize the distance sensor 180F to measure distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touching.
  • fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement functions such as unlocking, accessing application locks, taking photos, and answering incoming calls.
  • the touch sensor 180K is also called a touch device.
  • the touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen.
  • the touch screen is also called a touch screen.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation acted on or near the touch sensor 180K.
  • the touch sensor 180K may pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the touch event type.
  • Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 and at a different position from the display screen 194 .
  • the hardware system of the electronic device 100 is described in detail above, and the software system of the electronic device 100 is introduced below.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a software system for interaction between an electronic device and a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system architecture may include an electronic device 100 and a wearable device 200 ; wherein the electronic device 100 may include an application layer 310 , an application framework layer 320 , a hardware abstraction layer 330 and a sensor algorithm layer 340 ;
  • the wearable device 200 may include an acceleration sensor and a Bluetooth module.
  • the electronic device 100 may further include a hardware layer; the hardware layer may further include hardware devices in the electronic device.
  • the application layer 310 in the electronic device may include sports health applications or other applications; other applications include but are not limited to: camera applications, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message and other applications.
  • the application framework layer 320 in the electronic device provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer; the application framework layer may include some predefined functions.
  • API application programming interface
  • the application framework layer may include some predefined functions.
  • a hardware abstraction layer 330 in an electronic device is used to abstract hardware.
  • the hardware abstraction layer may include a hardware abstraction module 331; where the hardware abstraction module 331 may be used to run algorithms that occupy larger memory and consume higher power; for example, the hardware abstraction module 331 may be used to run peak-finding algorithms, etc.
  • the peak-finding algorithm please refer to the subsequent description of S906 in Figure 11 or S1006 in Figure 12 .
  • muting an incoming call may refer to the related algorithm of the method for controlling the muting of an incoming call provided by the embodiment of the present application; similarly, the method of controlling the muting of an incoming call provided by the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to other scenarios that require muting; for example , silent alarm clock or silent video calls, etc.
  • the underlying algorithm module may also include algorithms related to answering calls.
  • interactive communication can be implemented between the hardware abstraction module 331 and the underlying algorithm module; for example, the output data of the underlying algorithm module can be used as the input data of the hardware abstraction module 331, thereby realizing the optimization of high-power-consuming algorithms.
  • the hardware abstraction module 331 and the underlying algorithm module may be located in the same hardware in the electronic device; or, the hardware abstraction module 331 and the underlying algorithm module may be located in different hardware in the electronic device.
  • the hardware abstraction module 331 and the underlying algorithm module may be located on the same chip in the electronic device; or, the fused hardware abstraction module 331 and the underlying algorithm module may be located on different chips in the electronic device.
  • the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module can include a modem hardware abstraction (modem HAL) module; the modem HAL module can be used to perform modulation and demodulation processing on the available data.
  • modem HAL modem hardware abstraction
  • the sensor algorithm layer 340 in the electronic device may include running a low-power underlying algorithm module in the electronic device; for example, the underlying algorithm module may run an algorithm that occupies less memory and consumes less power; for example, the underlying algorithm Modules may include but are not limited to: muting incoming calls, muting alarm clocks, muting incoming video calls.
  • the electronic device 100 may also include a hardware layer; the hardware layer may also include hardware devices in the electronic device.
  • a driver layer may also be included between the sensor algorithm layer 340 and the hardware layer; the driver layer may be used to provide drivers for different hardware devices.
  • the wearable device 200 may include an acceleration sensor and a Bluetooth module; the acceleration sensor may be used to collect data from the acceleration sensor; the Bluetooth module may be used to implement data transmission with other devices; for example, in the wearable device The Bluetooth module can transmit data with the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module in the electronic device.
  • the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module in the hardware abstraction layer 330 cannot transmit data with other modules in the hardware abstraction layer; therefore, in the application framework layer 320 of the electronic device, It can include a transmission module, which can receive data from the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module and send the data in the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module to the smart sensor fusion hardware abstraction module 331; in other words, through the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module in the electronic device
  • the transmission module can realize data transmission between electronic devices and wearable devices.
  • the electronic device and the wearable device may also be connected wirelessly or through other means of communication; this application does not limit this in any way.
  • the wearable device has certain computing power and storage space
  • the peak-finding algorithm and/or the underlying algorithm running in the electronic device can also be run in the wearable device.
  • the method of controlling the muting of incoming calls requires the user to perform corresponding operations when the wearable device is in a fixed position (for example, with the display facing up); for example, when performing muting of incoming calls, the screen needs to be facing up and the palm of the hand is turned downward; however, In some scenarios, for example, when the user is lying on the bed or the user is driving, the screen may be facing up and the palm of the hand may not be convenient for the user to operate; therefore, when muting incoming calls, the wearable device needs to be placed in a fixed position. , resulting in greater limitations in muting incoming calls through wearable devices, which is not conducive to users using wearable devices to mute incoming calls in various scenarios.
  • the present application provides a method for controlling incoming call muting by obtaining data from an acceleration sensor in a second electronic device (for example, a wearable device); based on the acceleration in the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) From the sensor data, the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action and the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action can be obtained; if the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, that is The posture of the first action and the posture of the second action conform to the posture of the preset action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different. Determine the first moment corresponding to the amplitude of the first acceleration signal and the amplitude of the second acceleration signal.
  • the first electronic device can be And/or the second electronic device implements the incoming call muting function; in the embodiment of the present application, since the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the user's first action and second action; instead
  • the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to more scenarios.
  • the user When performing operations related to incoming call muting, the user does not need to be limited to the screen of the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) facing up and Fixed scene in the palm of the hand; therefore, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiment of the present application can more intelligently realize incoming call muting, allowing the user to more conveniently perform operations related to incoming call muting; and improve the user experience.
  • the second electronic device for example, a wearable device
  • the method for muting incoming calls provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the scene of muting incoming calls; for example, the user can carry the wearable device 200, the user is lying down and the electronic device 100 is far away from the user. At this time, the electronic device is in a ringing and vibrating state for incoming calls; since it is inconvenient for the user to answer the phone, the user can realize the function of muting incoming calls by rotating the wearable device 200; for example, the user can realize the function of muting the incoming calls by turning the wrist twice. Silence function for incoming calls on device and/or wearable device.
  • the incoming call mute function can include any of the following:
  • the electronic device stops prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone, the wearable device stops prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone, or both the electronic device and the wearable device stop prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone.
  • the electronic device stops ringing and does not hang up the phone.
  • the electronic device stops ringing and does not hang up the phone.
  • the electronic device stops vibrating and does not hang up the phone.
  • the electronic device stops ringing and vibrating but does not hang up the phone.
  • the wearable device stops ringing and does not hang up the call.
  • the wearable device stops ringing and does not hang up the call.
  • the wearable device stops vibrating and does not hang up the phone.
  • the wearable device stops ringing and vibrating and does not hang up. Telephone.
  • the method for controlling the muting of incoming calls provided by the embodiments of the present application is also applicable to the scenario of muting an incoming video call, or the scenario of muting an alarm clock, etc.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 400 includes S410 to S440, and S410 to S440 are described in detail below respectively.
  • the method for muting incoming calls can be applied to a system including a first electronic device and a second electronic device, the first electronic device is communicatively connected to the second electronic device, and the second electronic device is a wearable device;
  • the first electronic device may refer to the electronic device 100 as shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 ;
  • the second electronic device may refer to the wearable device 200 as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device includes: a wireless connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device, or a Bluetooth connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device, or a communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device in other ways, and this application does not impose any limitations on this.
  • the method 400 as shown in FIG. 4 may be executed in the first electronic device, that is, the method 400 may be executed in the electronic device 100 as shown in FIG. 1 or 2 .
  • the method 400 shown may be executed in the second electronic device, that is, the method 400 may be executed in the wearable device 200 as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first electronic device may detect an incoming call from the first electronic device, or the second electronic device may detect a specific incoming call from the first electronic device.
  • detecting an incoming call from the first electronic device may refer to detecting that the first electronic device is currently in a called state; for example, the first electronic device is currently in a called and unanswered state.
  • S420 In response to the incoming call, collect data from an acceleration sensor in the second electronic device.
  • the processing the data of the acceleration sensor detecting whether the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device includes the first peak value and the second peak value during the time period when the first electronic device receives a call; based on the information of the first peak value and the second peak value The information determines whether to perform silent incoming calls on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device; that is, determines whether to stop part or all of the prompt information for the incoming calls to the first electronic device in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  • data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device may not be collected; when an incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected.
  • collecting data of an acceleration sensor in the second electronic device includes:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected within a preset time period, and the preset time period is the time period when the first electronic device receives a call.
  • collecting the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device may mean that when an incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, collecting the data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device within the time period of the incoming call from the first electronic device. data; in other words, when no incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device does not need to be collected; thus, to a certain extent, it is possible to avoid collecting the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device all the time. This leads to the problem of high power consumption.
  • the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action
  • the second peak value is related to the user's second action.
  • the first acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the first time; the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second time.
  • the data in the acceleration sensor may include data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device collected during the time period when a call is incoming to the first electronic device; or, the data in the acceleration sensor may include data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device collected during the time period when a call is incoming to the first electronic device and during the time period when there will be no future calls; that is, the data in the acceleration sensor may include data that is not related to the incoming call.
  • first moment and the second moment are different moments.
  • the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action, which may mean that the first peak value is the result of the user's first action in the second electronic device collected when the user performs the first action.
  • the amplitude of the acceleration signal generated by the action similarly, the second peak value is the amplitude of the second acceleration signal related to the user's second action, It may refer to the amplitude of the acceleration signal generated by the user's second action in the second electronic device collected when the user performs the second action.
  • obtaining information about the first peak value and information about the second peak value based on data from the acceleration sensor includes:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor are processed based on the peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set, which includes the information of the first peak and the information of the second peak.
  • the peak-finding algorithm refers to finding the location of the peak or trough of a set of signals.
  • the peak-finding algorithm may include but is not limited to: comparison method, derivative method, constant false alarm rate (Constant False-Alarm Rate, CFAR) algorithm, symmetric zero-area algorithm, linear fitting peak-finding algorithm, etc.
  • the comparison method is to first smooth the data and compare the maximum values to obtain the position of the peak or trough;
  • the derivative method is to first smooth the data and then perform first-order, second-order, and third-order derivation of the data.
  • data obtain the average value of the derivation data, set the threshold based on the average value, and then perform peak filtering;
  • the CFAR algorithm refers to setting two window functions; perform window smoothing to obtain the optimized curve; obtain the average value of the data, and then perform peak filtering based on the average value
  • the symmetric zero area algorithm refers to selecting a simple symmetric zero area function as the change function; setting the window function according to the symmetric zero area; the net area of the peak is greater than the total area of the peak (the net area of the peak and the background When the standard deviation of the sum of areas) is several times greater, it is confirmed that the peak is a true peak.
  • the linear fitting peak-finding algorithm refers to obtaining the linear function coefficients according to the least squares method; obtaining the fitting curve according to the fitting function; and calculating the corresponding peak height and peak width based on the fitting curve.
  • the specific algorithm please refer to the relevant description of S906 in Figure 11, which will not be described again here.
  • the data based on the acceleration sensor can be used to detect whether there are peaks and troughs, that is, whether there is data about the first action and the second action (for example, turning the wrist twice); based on the data based on the acceleration sensor, it can be determined
  • the position information of the wave peak and the wave trough; based on the position information, the time information corresponding to the wave peak and the wave trough can be obtained, thereby determining whether the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold; in the time difference If the value satisfies the first preset threshold, mute the incoming call on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device; that is, stop part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  • the data set may include multiple sets of data, each set of data including the sequence number of the frame - the identification of the peak or trough.
  • the data set may include multiple sets of data, each set of data including the sequence number of the frame - the identification of the peak or trough - and the amplitude value.
  • the data set may include data group 1, data group 2, data group 3, etc.; among which, data group 1 may be the 0th frame - flag4-0.5; data group 2 may be the 2nd frame - flag2-1.5; and the third group
  • the data can be frame 3-flag3-1.4; among them, flag2 can represent the peak; flag3 can represent the trough; flag4 can represent non-peak and trough.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the acceleration signal collected by the acceleration sensor.
  • the abscissa of the schematic diagram can represent the frame number, and the ordinate can represent the amplitude value of the acceleration information; point A can be determined through the peak-finding algorithm.
  • the first peak value corresponds to the maximum value of the acceleration signal of the user's first action
  • the curve 460 represents the acceleration signal curve of the first action
  • point B is the second peak value
  • the second peak value corresponds to the maximum value of the acceleration signal of the user's second action.
  • Curve 470 represents the acceleration signal curve of the second action.
  • the data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on a peak finding algorithm to obtain a data set, including:
  • the data from the acceleration sensor are processed through the neural network model to obtain a data set, and the neural network model is used to run the peak-finding algorithm.
  • the peak-finding algorithm can be performed on the data of the acceleration sensor through a neural network model; wherein the neural network model can include a convolutional neural network; executing the peak-finding algorithm through the neural network model can improve the operation of the peak-finding algorithm. Efficiency; thereby shortening the waiting time for the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device to mute incoming calls.
  • process the acceleration sensor data based on the peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set including:
  • the processed data is processed based on the peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set.
  • part of the noise data can be eliminated by performing filtering data processing on the acquired acceleration sensor data, thereby ensuring the accuracy of the acceleration sensor data.
  • filter the acceleration sensor data to obtain processed data including:
  • the filtering process is performed on the data of the acceleration sensor based on a mean filter to obtain processed data.
  • the mean filter can be used for filtering processing; because the mean filter has good anti-noise performance for motion states with non-periodic motion and periodic motion; therefore, by using the mean filter, Filtering the acquired acceleration sensor data can effectively reduce the noise in the data.
  • the information about the first peak includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is the identifier of the data frame corresponding to the first peak; the information about the second peak includes a second identifier, and the second identifier is the identifier of the data frame corresponding to the second peak.
  • the identifier and the time difference are the time differences obtained based on the first identifier and the second identifier.
  • the time deviation between the first moment and the second moment can be obtained based on the identification of the data frame. For example, assuming that 100 frames of data can be collected in one second, the data frame corresponding to the first action is identified as the 20th frame, and the data frame corresponding to the second action is identified as the 30th frame, then the time between the first action and the second action
  • the threshold is used to stop part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  • the preset actions may also include turning the wrist, raising and lowering the wrist, extending and retracting the wrist, taking a step forward, or taking a step back, and other actions with the user's intended direction.
  • the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action may be opposite.
  • the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action can be opposite; after performing the first action, the user can perform a second action opposite to the direction of the first action, making the user's operation more convenient. Improve user experience.
  • the first action may be an action of turning the wrist clockwise, and the second action may be an action of turning the wrist counterclockwise; or, the first action may be an action of turning the wrist counterclockwise, and the second action may be The movement of turning your wrist clockwise.
  • FIG. 6 shows an action of turning the wrist clockwise;
  • FIG. 6 shows an action of turning the wrist counterclockwise.
  • the first action may be an action of raising the wrist upward, and the second action may be an action of lowering the wrist downward; or, the first action may be an action of lowering the wrist, and the second action may be an action of raising the wrist. .
  • (c) in FIG. 6 is an action of raising the wrist; and (d) in FIG. 6 is an action of lowering the wrist.
  • the first action may be an action of moving the wrist to the left, and the second action may be an action of moving the wrist to the right; or, the first action may be an action of moving the wrist to the right, and the second action may be an action of moving the wrist to the left. Wrist movements.
  • (e) in FIG. 6 is an action of moving the wrist to the left; (f) in FIG. 6 is an action of moving the wrist to the right.
  • the first action may be an action of moving the wrist forward to the left, and the second action may be an action of moving the wrist forward to the right; or, the first action may be an action of moving the wrist forward to the right, and the second action may be The movement of moving the wrist forward and to the left.
  • the movement from point C to point C1 may be a movement toward the left front; the movement from point C to point C2 may be a movement toward the right front.
  • the first action may be an action of extending the wrist
  • the second action may be an action of retracting the wrist.
  • the first action may be to take a step forward to the left, and the second action may be to return to the original position; or, the first action may be to take a step to the left front, and the second action may be to take a step to the right front. .
  • the first action may be to take one step back to the left, and the second action may be to return to the original position; or, the first action may be to take one step back to the left, and the second action may be to take one step back to the right.
  • the first preset threshold may be 50ms.
  • the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, and incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device are stopped.
  • the first range may be 0.6 to 0.9.
  • the ratio between the amplitude of the first acceleration signal and the amplitude of the second acceleration signal satisfies the first range, that is, it is determined whether the ratio of the amplitude of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the amplitude of the second acceleration signal meets the first range;
  • the ratio of the amplitude values meets the first range, stop part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device, that is, mute the incoming call on the first electronic device and/or the wearable device; in this application
  • the ratio of the amplitudes of the first action and the second action can be further judged; Therefore, the user's misoperation can be effectively
  • stopping part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
  • all prompt information in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device may be stopped, so that the first electronic device and/or no. 2.
  • the electronic device will not provide any reminder to the user to reduce the impact of incoming calls on the user.
  • stopping all prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
  • stopping part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
  • stopping part of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
  • the prompt information includes ring prompt information and/or vibration prompt information.
  • a possible implementation also includes:
  • a first interface is displayed; a first operation is detected in the first interface, wherein the first operation is an operation for instructing to turn on the mute function for incoming calls.
  • the first interface may refer to a setting display interface in the electronic device; the first operation may refer to an operation of turning on incoming call muting in the setting interface of the electronic device.
  • the first interface may be as shown in (c) of Figure 16; the first operation may be a click operation as shown in (d) of Figure 16.
  • the first interface may refer to a setting display interface in the wearable device; the first operation may refer to an operation of turning on incoming call muting in the setting interface of the wearable device.
  • the first interface may be as shown in (g) of Figure 14, and the first operation may be a click operation as shown in (h) of Figure 14.
  • the first acceleration related to the user's first action can be obtained The signal amplitude and the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action; if the first action and the second action conform to the preset action, that is, the posture of the first action and the posture of the second action conform to the posture of the preset action , and the direction of the first action is different from the direction of the second action, it is determined that the time difference between the first time corresponding to the first acceleration signal amplitude and the second time corresponding to the second acceleration signal amplitude is less than or equal to the first
  • the threshold is preset, part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be stopped; that is, the incoming call mute function can be implemented on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device; in this application
  • the threshold is preset, part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be stopped; that is, the incoming call mute function can be implemented on
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 500 may be executed by the electronic device shown in FIG. 1 or by the wearable device 200 shown in FIG. 2; the method 500 includes S510 to S540, and S510 to S540 will be described in detail below respectively.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device rings and/or vibrates for an incoming call.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which the video call rings and/or the video call vibrates on the electronic device.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which an alarm clock of the electronic device rings and/or the alarm clock vibrates.
  • the above description is an illustration of the first scenario; in the first scenario, the electronic device is ringing and/or vibrating, and the mute function of the electronic device can be implemented through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the mute function can be It means that the electronic device stops ringing; or, the mute function can also mean that the electronic device stops ringing and vibrating; or, the mute function can mean that the electronic device stops vibrating; after realizing the mute function of the electronic device, the electronic device will not report to the user Issue any reminder; or provide any prompt to the user.
  • the acceleration sensor in the wearable device can be obtained collected data.
  • the first scene may also be an alarm clock scene or a video passing scene; for detailed description, see S510, which will not be described again here.
  • the data collected by the acceleration sensor is obtained; the data collected by the acceleration sensor is processed to obtain the tag value; optionally, the specific implementation method of processing the data of the acceleration sensor can be seen in the following Figure 11, Figure 12 or Figure 13 shown and will not be described again here.
  • S540 Instruct the wearable device and/or the electronic device to execute a corresponding function based on the tag value.
  • the tag value obtained based on the data collected by the acceleration sensor may be 1; or, the tag value obtained based on the data collected by the acceleration sensor may be 0; when the tag value is 1, the tag value may be used to indicate The wearable device and/or electronic device performs the incoming call muting function; when the tag value is 0, the tag value can be used to indicate that the wearable device and/or the electronic device does not perform the incoming call muting function.
  • the electronic device and the wearable device can be controlled individually to perform the incoming call muting function; or the electronic device and the wearable device can be collectively controlled to perform the incoming call muting function.
  • the electronic device and the wearable device can be controlled separately to perform the incoming call muting function; when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device can ring, vibrate, or ring and vibrate; when the tag value is 1 and the electronic device is ringing
  • the electronic device can be instructed to stop ringing and vibrating to silence incoming calls.
  • the electronic device and the wearable device are separately controlled to perform the incoming call muting function, the electronic device can mute the incoming call based on the tag value; at this time, the wearable device can be in any state of ringing and/or vibrating; This application does not make any limitation on this.
  • the electronic device and the wearable device can be collectively controlled to perform the incoming call muting function; when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device can ring, vibrate, or both ring and vibrate; the wearable device can also ring, vibrate, or ring. Bell and vibration; when the tag value is 1, it can cause electronic devices and wearable devices to stop sending any prompt information.
  • an electronic device when an electronic device receives a call, the electronic device is ringing and vibrating, and the wearable device is also ringing and vibrating. Vibration, when the tag value is 1, electronic devices and wearable devices can both stop ringing and vibrating, realizing the function of silencing incoming calls.
  • both the electronic device and the wearable device are in the ringing state.
  • the tag value obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor of the wearable device is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device can both stop ringing and Silence incoming calls without hanging up the phone.
  • both the electronic device and the wearable device will ring and vibrate.
  • the tag value based on the data of the wearable device's acceleration sensor is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device will both stop ringing and vibrating. Vibrates without hanging up the phone, achieving silent function for incoming calls.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device will ring and the wearable device will vibrate.
  • the tag value based on the data of the wearable device's acceleration sensor is 1, the electronic device can stop ringing and the wearable device can notify Vibrates and does not hang up the phone, achieving the function of muting incoming calls.
  • the above-mentioned S510 to S540 take the first scene as the incoming call scene, and illustrate the muting of the incoming call; the method shown in Figure 7 is also applicable to the scene of muting the incoming video call, or muting the alarm clock; this application does not do this Any limitations.
  • the tag value can be obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor in the wearable device; based on the tag value, the electronic device and/or The wearable device performs the corresponding operation corresponding to the tag value.
  • S510 to S540 shown in Figure 7 may be executed in the electronic device; or, it may also refer to being executed in the wearable device; or, part of S510 to S540 may be executed in the electronic device and part in Executed in wearable devices, the following is an example of a phone call scenario, and different situations are described in detail.
  • the electronic device can obtain the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor of the wearable device, and the electronic device determines that the electronic device and/or the wearable device performs the function corresponding to the tag value (for example, whether to mute incoming calls).
  • Figure 8 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 600 includes S610 to S640, and S610 to S640 are described in detail below respectively.
  • the electronic device shown in Figure 8 can be the electronic device 100 shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2; or the first electronic device shown in Figure 4; the wearable device shown in Figure 8 can be the electronic device 100 shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2; The wearable device 200 shown in Figure 2, or the second electronic device shown in Figure 4.
  • S610 The electronic device determines that a first scenario is met.
  • the electronic device determines that the current state of the electronic device complies with the first scenario.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device rings and/or vibrates for an incoming call.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device rings for an incoming video call and/or vibrates for an incoming video call.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which an alarm clock of the electronic device rings and/or the alarm clock vibrates.
  • the above description is an illustration of the first scenario; in the first scenario, the electronic device is ringing and/or vibrating, and the mute function of the electronic device can be implemented through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the mute function can be It means that the electronic device stops ringing; or, the mute function can also mean that the electronic device stops ringing and vibrating; or, the mute function can mean that the electronic device stops vibrating; after realizing the mute function of the electronic device, the electronic device will not report to the user Issue any reminder; or cause any interference to the user.
  • the electronic device obtains data from the acceleration sensor in the wearable device.
  • the electronic device can send a data reporting instruction to the wearable device; the wearable device can send the data collected by the acceleration sensor in real time to the electronic device.
  • the electronic device obtains the tag value based on the data.
  • the electronic device can obtain the data collected by the acceleration sensor; process the data collected by the acceleration sensor to obtain the tag value; optionally, the specific implementation method of processing the data of the acceleration sensor can be seen in the following Figures 11 and 12 Or as shown in Figure 13, which will not be described again here.
  • the electronic device determines that the electronic device and/or the wearable device performs corresponding operations based on the tag value.
  • the electronic device can determine based on the tag value that the electronic device performs muting on incoming calls; or the electronic device can determine based on the tag value that the wearable device performs muting on incoming calls; or the electronic device determines based on the tag value that both the electronic device and the wearable device perform on-call muting. mute.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device determines that the electronic device complies with the first scenario, the electronic device can obtain the data of the acceleration sensor in the wearable device, obtain the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor, and determine whether the tag value is correct based on the tag value.
  • the electronic device and/or wearable device performs corresponding operations.
  • the electronic device can obtain the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor of the wearable device, and the electronic device performs the function corresponding to the tag value; the electronic device can send the tag value to the wearable device, and the wearable device determines whether to execute the tag value based on the tag value.
  • the corresponding function (for example, whether to mute incoming calls).
  • Figure 9 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 700 includes S710 to S760, and S710 to S760 are described in detail below respectively.
  • the electronic device shown in Figure 9 can be the electronic device 100 shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2; or the first electronic device shown in Figure 4; the wearable device shown in Figure 8 can be the electronic device 100 shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2; The wearable device 200 shown in Figure 2, or the second electronic device shown in Figure 4.
  • the electronic device is determined to comply with the first scenario.
  • the electronic device determines that the current state of the electronic device conforms to the first scenario.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device rings and/or vibrates for an incoming call.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device is ringing and/or vibrating due to an incoming video call.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which an alarm clock of the electronic device rings and/or the alarm clock vibrates.
  • the above description is an illustration of the first scenario; in the first scenario, the electronic device is ringing and/or vibrating, and the mute function of the electronic device can be implemented through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the mute function can be It means that the electronic device stops ringing; or, the mute function can also mean that the electronic device stops ringing and vibrating; or, the mute function can mean that the electronic device stops vibrating; after realizing the mute function of the electronic device, the electronic device will not report to the user Issue any reminder; or cause any interference to the user.
  • the electronic device obtains data from the acceleration sensor in the wearable device.
  • the electronic device can send a data reporting instruction to the wearable device; the wearable device can send the data collected by the acceleration sensor in real time to the electronic device.
  • the electronic device obtains the tag value based on the data.
  • the electronic device can obtain the data collected by the acceleration sensor; process the data collected by the acceleration sensor to obtain the tag value; optionally, a specific implementation method for processing the data of the acceleration sensor.
  • the method can be seen in the subsequent Figure 11, Figure 12 or Figure 13, and will not be described again here.
  • the electronic device performs the operation corresponding to the tag value.
  • the electronic device can perform muting of incoming calls based on the tag value; or, the electronic device can perform unmuting of incoming calls based on the tag value.
  • the electronic device sends the tag value to the wearable device.
  • S740 and S750 may be executed at the same time; or, S750 may be executed first and then S740; this application does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the wearable device determines whether to perform the corresponding operation based on the tag value.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device determines that the electronic device complies with the first scenario, the electronic device can obtain the data of the acceleration sensor in the wearable device and obtain the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor; the electronic device can obtain the tag value based on the tag value. Perform the corresponding operation and send the tag value to the wearable device; the wearable device can determine whether to perform the corresponding operation based on the tag value.
  • the wearable device can obtain the tag value based on the data in the acceleration sensor, and the wearable device performs the function corresponding to the tag value based on the tag value; the wearable electronic device sends the tag value to the electronic device, and the electronic device determines whether to perform the corresponding function based on the tag value. operation (for example, whether to mute incoming calls).
  • Figure 10 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 800 includes S810 to S860, and S810 to S860 are described in detail below respectively.
  • the electronic device shown in FIG. 10 may be the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 or 2; or the first electronic device shown in FIG. 4; and the wearable device shown in FIG. 8 may be the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. The wearable device 200 shown in Figure 2, or the second electronic device shown in Figure 4.
  • the wearable device is determined to comply with the first scenario.
  • the wearable device may determine that the current state of the electronic device complies with the first scenario.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device rings and/or vibrates for an incoming call.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which the video call rings and/or the video call vibrates on the electronic device.
  • the first scene may refer to a scene in which an alarm clock of the electronic device rings and/or the alarm clock vibrates.
  • the above description is an illustration of the first scenario; in the first scenario, the electronic device is ringing and/or vibrating, and the mute function of the electronic device can be implemented through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the mute function can be It means that the electronic device stops ringing; or, the mute function can also mean that the electronic device stops ringing and vibrating; or, the mute function can mean that the electronic device stops vibrating; after realizing the mute function of the electronic device, the electronic device will not report to the user Issue any reminder; or cause any interference to the user.
  • S810 may mean that the wearable device may determine that the current state of the wearable device complies with the first scenario.
  • the wearable device obtains data from the acceleration sensor.
  • the electronic device can send a data reporting instruction to the wearable device; the wearable device can send the data collected by the acceleration sensor in real time to the electronic device.
  • the wearable device obtains the tag value based on the data.
  • the wearable device can obtain the data collected by the acceleration sensor; process the data collected by the acceleration sensor to obtain the tag value; optionally, a specific implementation of processing the data of the acceleration sensor
  • the method can be seen in the subsequent Figure 11, Figure 12 or Figure 13, and will not be described again here.
  • S840 The wearable device executes an operation corresponding to the tag value.
  • the wearable device can perform muting of incoming calls based on the tag value; or, the wearable device can perform unmuting of incoming calls based on the tag value.
  • the wearable device sends the tag value to the electronic device.
  • S840 and S850 may be executed at the same time; or, S850 may be executed first and then S840; this application does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the electronic device determines whether to perform the corresponding operation based on the tag value.
  • S840 to S860 part or all of S840 to S860 may be executed; for example, S840 to S860 may be executed, or S840 and S840 may be executed, or, Execute S850 and S860, or only S840.
  • the wearable device when the wearable device determines that the electronic device complies with the first scenario, the wearable device can obtain the data of the acceleration sensor in the wearable device; obtain the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor; the wearable device can Perform a corresponding operation based on the tag value, and send the tag value to the electronic device; the electronic device can determine whether to perform the corresponding operation based on the tag value.
  • the user's first action is to turn the wrist for the first time
  • the user's second action is to turn the wrist for the second time.
  • the turning of the wrist may be Refers to turning the wrist. In the embodiment of the present application, turning the wrist and turning the wrist may have the same meaning.
  • the first action may be an action of raising the wrist upward, and the second action may be an action of lowering the wrist downward; or, the first action may be an action of lowering the wrist, and the second action may be an action of raising the wrist. ;
  • the first action may be an action of moving the wrist to the left, and the second action may be an action of moving the wrist to the right; or, the first action may be an action of moving the wrist to the right, and the second action may be an action of moving the wrist to the left.
  • the first action can be an action of moving the wrist forward to the left, and the second action can be an action of moving the wrist forward to the right; or, the first action can be an action of moving the wrist forward to the right, and the second action can be It is the action of moving the wrist forward to the left; or the first action can be the action of extending the wrist, and the second action can be the action of retracting the wrist; or the first action can be taking a step forward to the left, and the second action can be To return to the original position; or, the first action can be to take a step forward to the left, and the second action can be to take a step forward to the right; or, the first action can be to take a step back to the left, and the second action can be to return. original position; alternatively, the first action can be a step back to the left, and the second action can be a step back to the right.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of a method for obtaining a tag value based on data from an acceleration sensor of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 900 includes S901 to S914, and S901 to S914 are described in detail below.
  • initializing data may mean clearing cached data in an electronic device; or initializing data may mean clearing data in an acceleration sensor.
  • S902. Collect data from the acceleration sensor.
  • S903. Determine whether the collected data meets the collection duration; if it meets the collection duration, perform S904; if it does not meet the collection duration, return to S905.
  • ensuring that the collection time is met is to obtain data from the acceleration sensor within a period of time, so as to avoid being unable to obtain data from the user's multiple wrist movements due to too short a collection time; by collecting data within a period of time The data from the acceleration sensor is helpful to improve the accuracy of the output label value.
  • filtering data is to smooth the collected data and remove some noise data to ensure the accuracy of the acceleration sensor data.
  • data collection is continued until the time for obtaining data from the acceleration sensor is greater than or equal to the collection time.
  • the data set includes time information (eg, frame number), identification of wave peaks or identification of wave troughs.
  • amplitude values can also be included in the data set.
  • the AI peak-finding algorithm can refer to running the peak-finding algorithm based on the neural network model. algorithm.
  • the peak-finding algorithm refers to finding the position of a peak or a trough in a set of signals.
  • the peak-finding algorithm may include but is not limited to: comparison method, derivative method, constant false alarm rate (Constant False-Alarm Rate, CFAR) algorithm, symmetric zero-area algorithm, linear fitting peak-finding algorithm, etc.
  • the comparison method is to smooth the data first, and then compare the maximum value to get the position of the peak or trough;
  • the derivative method is to smooth the data first; then perform first-order, second-order, and third-order derivatives on the data; obtain the average value of the derivative data, set the threshold according to the average value, and then perform peak screening;
  • the CFAR algorithm refers to setting two window functions; performing window smoothing to obtain the optimized curve; obtaining the average value of the data, setting the threshold according to the average value, and then performing peak screening;
  • the symmetric zero area algorithm refers to selecting a symmetric zero area simple function as a variation function; setting the window function according to the symmetric zero area; when the net area of the peak is several times larger than the standard deviation of the total area of the peak (the sum of the net area of the peak and the background area), confirm that the peak is a true peak.
  • the linear fitting peak search algorithm refers to obtaining the linear function coefficient according to the least squares method; obtaining the fitting curve according to the fitting function;
  • the peak-finding algorithm in this application may refer to any peak-finding algorithm in the prior art, and this application does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the data set can be stored in cache data; the stored data set is used to subsequently determine whether the data set includes the data of the first rotation of the wrist and the data of the second rotation of the wrist; the data set includes two In the case of data of two rotations, it is further judged whether the data of two rotations satisfies the time difference.
  • rotating the wrist for the first time may refer to rotating the wrist for the first time
  • rotating the wrist for the second time may refer to flipping the wrist for the second time
  • rotating the wrist may refer to flipping the wrist, which has the same meaning.
  • the data set may include multiple groups of data, and each group of data includes the sequence number of the frame - the identification of the peak or trough; for example, the data set may include data group 1, data group 2, data group 3, etc.; wherein, data group 1 It can be the 1st frame - flag2; the data group 2 can be the 2nd frame - flag4; the third group of data can be the 3rd frame - flag3; among them, flag2 can Represents the peak of the wave; flag3 can represent the trough; flag4 can represent non-peak and trough.
  • S908 Determine whether the first rotation of the wrist is detected; if the first rotation of the wrist is detected, execute S909; if the first rotation of the wrist is not detected, execute S910.
  • whether a first rotation of the wrist is detected may be determined based on whether a wave peak or a wave trough is detected in the data set.
  • the data set when the user turns his wrist once in the side direction of the body (for example, counterclockwise direction), the data set may include a trough; when the user turns the wrist in the opposite direction of the body side (for example, clockwise direction), the data set may include Can include a crest.
  • the data set includes data group 1 which can be the first frame - flag2; data group 2 can be the second frame - flag4; and the third group of data can be the third frame - flag3; where flag2 can represent a wave peak; flag3 can represent wave troughs; flag4 can represent non-wave peaks and wave troughs; then the information of the first wrist rotation obtained based on the data collection is the first frame - flag2, and the time information T1 of the first wrist rotation is the frame identifier of the first frame.
  • determining whether a second rotation is detected may refer to whether there is a second peak or trough data in the data set; for example, if the data corresponding to the first rotation of the wrist is peak data, then the data of the second rotation It refers to the data of the wave trough; if the data corresponding to the first rotation of the wrist is the data of the wave trough, the data of the second rotation refers to the data of the wave peak.
  • the directions of the first rotation of the wrist and the second rotation of the wrist should be opposite; for example, the first rotation of the wrist should be If the wrist is rotated to the opposite side of the body (for example, clockwise), the second rotation of the wrist may refer to the rotation of the wrist back to the original position (for example, counterclockwise); if the first rotation of the wrist is to the side of the body (for example, (clockwise) rotation, the second rotation of the wrist may refer to the rotation of returning the wrist to the original position (for example, counterclockwise).
  • the data set includes data group 1 which can be the first frame - flag2; data group 2 can be the second frame - flag4; and the third group of data can be the third frame - flag3; where flag2 can represent a wave peak; flag3 It can represent the wave trough; flag4 can represent non-wave peaks and wave troughs; then the information of the second rotation obtained based on the data collection is the third frame - flag3, and the time information T2 of the second rotation is the frame identifier of the second frame.
  • T3 is the preset time threshold.
  • T3 can be 50ms.
  • the interval between the two rotations is usually short; therefore, the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist obtained based on the data in the data set is different from the time information T1 of the second rotation.
  • time The time difference between the information T2 is small; if the time difference between the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist and the time information T2 of the second rotation is large, the user's intended directionality cannot be accurately reflected; thus it cannot be reflected.
  • the user can mute incoming calls by turning their wrist twice.
  • the method of controlling the incoming call mute operation in the present application is based on two wrist rotations.
  • the time difference is determined, so there is no need to keep the wearable device in a fixed position (for example, with the display facing up), making it easier for users to mute incoming calls in various life scenarios, thus improving user experience.
  • the electronic device and the wearable device can be controlled individually to perform the incoming call muting function; or the electronic device and the wearable device can be collectively controlled to perform the incoming call muting function.
  • the electronic device and the wearable device can be individually controlled to perform the call mute function; when a call comes in to the electronic device, the electronic device can ring, vibrate, or ring and vibrate; when the tag value is 1 and the electronic device is ringing, the electronic device can be instructed to stop ringing to mute the call; or, when the tag value is 1 and the electronic device is vibrating, the electronic device can be instructed to stop vibrating to mute the call; or, when the tag value is 1 and the electronic device is ringing and vibrating, the electronic device can be instructed to stop ringing and vibrating to mute the call.
  • the electronic device and the wearable device are separately controlled to perform the incoming call muting function, the electronic device can mute the incoming call based on the tag value; at this time, the wearable device can be in any state of ringing and/or vibrating; This application does not make any limitation on this.
  • the electronic device and the wearable device can be collectively controlled to perform the incoming call muting function; when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device can ring, vibrate, or both ring and vibrate; the wearable device can also ring, vibrate, or ring. Bell and vibration; when the tag value is 1, it can cause electronic devices and wearable devices to stop sending any prompt information.
  • an electronic device receives a call
  • the electronic device is ringing and vibrating
  • the wearable device is also ringing and vibrating.
  • the tag value is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device can both stop ringing and vibrating, thereby silencing the incoming call. .
  • both the electronic device and the wearable device will ring.
  • the tag value based on the data from the wearable device's acceleration sensor is 1, both the electronic device and the wearable device will stop ringing and will not hang up. Disconnect the phone and mute the incoming calls.
  • both the electronic device and the wearable device will ring and vibrate.
  • the tag value based on the data of the wearable device's acceleration sensor is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device will both stop ringing and vibrating. Vibrates without hanging up the phone, achieving silent function for incoming calls.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device will ring and the wearable device will vibrate.
  • the tag value based on the data of the wearable device's acceleration sensor is 1, the electronic device can stop ringing and the wearable device can notify Vibrates and does not hang up the phone, achieving the function of muting incoming calls.
  • S540 as shown in Figure 7 can be executed; or, S640 as shown in Figure 8 can be executed; or some or all of S740 to S760 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed; or, S740 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed as Some or all of S840 to S860 shown in Figure 10 .
  • S410 and S420 as shown in Figure 7 can be executed before S901; or S610 as shown in Figure 8 can be executed; or S710 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed; or S710 as shown in Figure 10 can be executed. S810.
  • the incoming call mute function can be implemented on the electronic device and/or the wearable device; due to the embodiment of the present application , the wearable device does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the user's operation; in other words, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to more scenarios, and the user does not need to perform operations related to incoming call muting.
  • the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can realize incoming call muting more intelligently, allowing the user to more conveniently perform operations related to incoming call muting; Improve user experience.
  • the time difference between the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist and the time information T2 of the second rotation of the wrist in order to further improve the accuracy of the output label value; determine the time difference between the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist and the time information T2 of the second rotation of the wrist. If it is less than or equal to T3, you can further determine the ratio of the amplitude value of the first wrist rotation to the amplitude value of the second wrist rotation; if it is detected that the user intentionally rotates the wrist twice, then the amplitude of the two wrist rotations is The values should be close; if the ratio of the amplitude values of the two detected wrist rotations is large, it may be a misoperation by the user; therefore, when the time difference between the two wrist rotations is less than or equal to T3, further judge the two Whether the ratio of the amplitude values of the wrist rotations satisfies the first range (for example, 0.6 to 0.9), thereby effectively avoiding the user's misoperation of rotating the wrist to a certain extent and
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of a method for obtaining a tag value based on data from an acceleration sensor of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1000 includes S1001 to S1017, and S1001 to S1017 are described in detail below.
  • S1002. Collect data from the acceleration sensor.
  • the data set may include time information (for example, frame number), identification of wave peaks or wave troughs, and amplitude values.
  • a data set may include multiple groups of data, each group of data includes the frame sequence number-identification-amplitude value; for example, the data set may include data set 1, data set 2, data set 3, etc.; wherein data set 1 may be the first frame-flag2-1.5; data set 2 may be the second frame-flag4-0.2; the third group of data may be the third frame-flag3-1.7; wherein flag2 may represent a peak; flag3 may represent a trough; flag4 may represent a non-peak or trough; based on the data set, it can be seen that data set 1 is the information of the first wrist rotation, and data set 3 is the information of the second rotation, therefore, the amplitude value of the first wrist rotation is 1.5; the amplitude value of the second rotation is 1.7. It should be understood that the above is an example description of the data set, and the present application does not impose any limitation on the numerical value of the specific information in the data set.
  • the first range may be 0.6 ⁇ 0.9.
  • the time difference between the two wrist rotations should be less than or equal to T3, and the ratio of the amplitude values of the two rotations satisfies the third A range that enables silencing of incoming calls from electronic devices and/or wearable devices.
  • S1013 can be used to determine whether the time difference between two wrist turns is less than or equal to T3; usually, if the user intentionally turns his wrist twice, the time difference between the two wrist turns is small; S1016 is used to further determine the ratio of the amplitude values of the two turns; for example, if the user makes an erroneous operation of turning his wrist, the ratio of the amplitude values of the two wrist turns may be large; at this time, the ratio of the amplitude value of the first wrist turn to the amplitude value of the second wrist turn cannot meet the first range; therefore, based on S1016, the above-mentioned user erroneous operation can be effectively avoided.
  • S540 as shown in Figure 7 can be executed; or, S640 as shown in Figure 8 can be executed; or some or all of S740 to S760 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed; or, S740 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed as Some or all of S840 to S860 shown in Figure 10 .
  • S1001 S410 and S420 as shown in Figure 7 can be performed; or, S610 as shown in Figure 8 can be performed; or, S710 as shown in Figure 9 can be performed; or, S710 as shown in Figure 10 can be performed.
  • the first rotation of the wrist is The ratio of the amplitude value to the amplitude value of the second rotation of the wrist; if the user intentionally rotates the wrist twice, the The amplitude values should be close; if the ratio of the amplitude values of the two detected wrist rotations is large, there may be user misoperation; therefore, when the time difference between the two wrist rotations is less than or equal to T3, further Determining whether the ratio of the amplitude values of two wrist rotations satisfies the first range can effectively avoid the user's misoperation of rotating the wrist to a certain extent, thereby improving the accuracy of the output label value.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic flow chart of a method for obtaining a tag value based on data of an acceleration sensor of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1100 includes S1101 to S1111, and S1101 to S1111 are described in detail below.
  • the collection duration can be preset to obtain data collected by an acceleration sensor in a wearable device (for example, a smart bracelet).
  • each frame of data in the 10 frames of data needs to be subjected to mean filtering processing respectively.
  • the mean filter has good anti-noise performance for non-periodic motion and periodic motion motion states; therefore, by using the mean filter to filter the acquired acceleration sensor data, the noise in the data can be effectively reduced. data.
  • time determination for example, S1103 to S1106
  • amplitude ratio determination S1107 to S1110
  • the preset acquisition duration may be 20 frames
  • the preset window length may be 10 frames.
  • the length of the preset window is obtained to subsequently determine whether there is a peak or wave in the acceleration sensor data in the preset window. Wave trough; thereby determining whether the acceleration sensor data in the preset window includes the data of the user's first and second rotation of the wrist.
  • data collected by the acceleration sensor in a preset window can be obtained; the peaks and troughs in the data of the acceleration sensor are identified through the AI peak-finding algorithm, and the frame numbers (positions) of the peaks and troughs are recorded.
  • the time difference between the wave peak and the wave trough is calculated as the time information of the wave trough minus the time information of the wave peak.
  • the first rotation of the user's wrist is in the clockwise direction
  • the second rotation of the wrist is in the counterclockwise direction.
  • the time difference between the wave peak and the wave trough is calculated as the time information of the wave peak minus the time information of the wave trough. For example, the first time the user turns the wrist is in the counterclockwise direction, and the second time the user turns the wrist is in the clockwise direction.
  • S1106. Determine whether the time difference is less than or equal to T3; if the time difference is less than or equal to T3, execute Go to S1107; if the time difference is greater than T3, go to S1108.
  • the amplitude value may represent the amplitude of the acceleration information of the user's wrist rotation.
  • S540 as shown in Figure 7 can be executed; or, S640 as shown in Figure 8 can be executed; or some or all of S740 to S760 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed; or, S740 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed as Some or all of S840 to S860 shown in Figure 10 .
  • S410 and S420 as shown in Figure 7 can be executed before S1101; or S610 as shown in Figure 8 can be executed; or S710 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed; or S710 as shown in Figure 10 can be executed. S810.
  • the first rotation of the wrist is The ratio of the amplitude value to the amplitude value of the second wrist rotation; if the user intentionally rotates the wrist twice, the amplitude values of the two wrist rotations should be close or the difference is small; if the detected wrist rotations of the two wrist rotations are If the ratio of the amplitude values is large, there may be misoperation by the user; therefore, when the time difference between the two wrist rotations is less than or equal to T3, it can be further determined whether the ratio of the amplitude values of the two wrist rotations satisfies the third A range, thereby effectively avoiding the user's misoperation of turning the wrist to a certain extent and improving the accuracy of the output label value.
  • FIG14 is a schematic diagram of an interface for muting incoming calls in a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the desktop 1201 of the wearable device may include a control 1202 for setting an application; the wearable device detects a click operation on the control 1202 for setting an application, as shown in (b) of FIG14; after the wearable device detects the operation on the control 1202 for setting an application, a setting display interface 1203 is displayed; the setting display interface 1230 includes a control 1204 for an auxiliary function, as shown in (c) of FIG14; a click operation on the control for the auxiliary function is detected, as shown in (d) of FIG14; after the wearable device detects the click operation on the control for the auxiliary function, an auxiliary function display interface 1205 is displayed; the auxiliary function display interface 1205 includes a control 1206 for a gesture, as shown in (e) of FIG14; the wearable device detects the operation on the control for the gesture 14(f); after the wear
  • FIG. 14 illustrates the scenario of turning on the muting of incoming calls; the embodiments provided in this application can also be applied to muting alarm clocks, muting incoming video calls, etc.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of a guidance display interface for muting incoming calls on a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the guidance display interface 1301 of the wearable device for muting incoming calls displays the prompt message "Turn outward/inward and then return immediately"; when the user carries the wearable device and executes After the corresponding operation, if the wearable device is currently connected to the electronic device and the electronic device is in the incoming call state; for example, the incoming call display interface 1302 shown in (b) of Figure 15, after detecting that the user performs an outward/inward flip and then After returning immediately, the function of muting incoming calls will be executed.
  • the incoming call mute function can include any of the following:
  • the electronic device stops prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone, the wearable device stops prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone, or both the electronic device and the wearable device stop prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone.
  • the electronic device stops ringing and does not hang up the phone.
  • the electronic device stops ringing and does not hang up the phone.
  • the electronic device stops vibrating and does not hang up the phone.
  • the electronic device stops ringing and vibrating but does not hang up the phone.
  • the wearable device stops ringing and does not hang up the call.
  • the wearable device stops ringing and does not hang up the call.
  • the wearable device stops vibrating and does not hang up the phone.
  • the wearable device stops ringing and vibrating and does not hang up. Telephone.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an interface for turning on incoming call muting in an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the graphical user interface (GUI) shown in (a) in Figure 16 is the desktop 1410 of the electronic device; the electronic device detects the user's operation of clicking the control 1420 of the setting application on the desktop 1410, As shown in (b) of Figure 16; when the electronic device detects that the user clicks on the control 1420 of the setting application on the desktop 1410, another GUI as shown in (c) of Figure 16 can be displayed; in Figure 16
  • the GUI shown in (c) may be a display interface for setting up an application.
  • the display interface may include controls such as wireless network, Bluetooth, battery, or incoming call mute; for example, a control 1430 that includes incoming call mute; the electronic device detects that the The click operation of the control 1430 for muting incoming calls is shown in (d) in Figure 16; after the electronic device detects the operation of the control 1430 for muting incoming calls, the display interface for muting incoming calls is displayed; in the display interface for muting incoming calls It may include an overall mute control 1440, a device mute control 1450, and a wearable device mute control 1460, as shown in (e) of Figure 16 .
  • controls such as wireless network, Bluetooth, battery, or incoming call mute
  • a control 1430 that includes incoming call mute
  • the electronic device detects that the The click operation of the control 1430 for muting incoming calls is shown in (d) in Figure 16; after the electronic device detects the operation of the control 1430 for muting incoming calls, the display
  • the electronic device detects a click operation on the overall mute control, the electronic device and the wearable device can be collectively controlled to perform the function of muting incoming calls.
  • the electronic device when an electronic device receives a call, the electronic device can ring, vibrate, or ring and vibrate; the wearable device can also ring, vibrate, or ring and vibrate; when the output tag value is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device can stop sending any prompt information. For example, if the electronic device is ringing and vibrating when a call comes in, and the wearable device is also ringing and vibrating, then when the output tag value is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device can both stop ringing and vibrating to mute the call.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device detects a click operation on a control for muting the device, the incoming call mute function of the electronic device can be implemented separately.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device can be in a ringing, vibrating, or ringing and vibrating state; when the output tag value is 1, the electronic device can be caused to stop sending any prompt information. For example, if the electronic device is ringing and vibrating when a call comes in, then when the output tag value is 1, the electronic device can stop ringing and vibrating to mute the incoming call; at this time, when the electronic device implements the mute function of the incoming call , there is no limit to the status of the wearable device; the wearable device can be in a ringing, vibrating, or ringing and vibrating state.
  • the electronic device detects a click operation on the control for muting the wearable device, the incoming call muting function of the wearable device can be independently implemented.
  • the wearable device when an electronic device receives a call, the wearable device can be in a ringing, vibrating, or ringing and vibrating state; when the output tag value is 1, the wearable device can be stopped from issuing any prompt information. For example, if the wearable device is ringing and vibrating when the electronic device receives a call, then when the output tag value is 1, the wearable device can stop ringing and vibrating to mute the incoming call; at this time, the wearable device can implement the incoming call muting function. In the case of , there may be no restrictions on the state of the electronic device; the electronic device may be in a ringing, vibrating, or ringing and vibrating state.
  • the above is an example of a scenario of muting an incoming call; the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to a scenario of muting an alarm clock or a scenario of muting an incoming video call.
  • the incoming call mute function can be implemented on the electronic device and/or the wearable device; due to the embodiment of the present application , the wearable device does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the user's operation; in other words, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to more scenarios, and the user does not need to perform operations related to incoming call muting.
  • the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can realize incoming call muting more intelligently, allowing the user to more conveniently perform operations related to incoming call muting; Improve user experience.
  • the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of this application can also be applied to the scenario of answering a call; that is, by acquiring data from the acceleration sensor of the wearable device; based on the acquired data, a tag value is output, and the tag value can be used to indicate Electronic devices answer calls or they don't.
  • FIG 17 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 1500 includes a detection module 1510 and a processing module 1520.
  • the electronic device 1500 may refer to the first electronic device shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the electronic device 1500 may refer to the second electronic device as shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the detection module 1510 is used to detect an incoming call from the first electronic device; the processing module 1520 is used to collect data from an acceleration sensor in the second electronic device in response to the incoming call; and obtain a third electronic device based on the data from the acceleration sensor.
  • information of a peak value and information of a second peak value the first peak value being the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action, the first acceleration signal amplitude being the acceleration signal at the first moment, the The second peak value is the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action, and the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment; if the first action and the second action match Preset action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different, determine that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, stop Part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  • processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
  • the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to a first preset threshold, and the ratio of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the second acceleration signal amplitude satisfies the first Scope, stop part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  • processing module 1520 is specifically configured to:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor are processed based on a peak-finding algorithm to obtain a data set, where the data set includes information about the first peak value and information about the second peak value.
  • processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor is processed through a neural network model to obtain the data set, and the neural network model is used to run the peak-finding algorithm.
  • processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
  • the processed data is processed based on the peak-finding algorithm to obtain the data set.
  • processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
  • the information about the first peak includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is the identifier of the data frame corresponding to the first peak; the information about the second peak includes a second identifier.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the data frame corresponding to the second peak value, and the time difference is a time difference obtained based on the first identifier and the second identifier.
  • the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action.
  • the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action, including:
  • the direction of the first action is clockwise, and the direction of the second action is counterclockwise; or,
  • the direction of the first movement is counterclockwise, and the direction of the second movement is clockwise.
  • processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
  • the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected within a preset time period, and the preset time period is the time period of the incoming call.
  • the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude collected based on the user's first action
  • the second peak value is the amplitude value based on the user's first action.
  • the second acceleration signal amplitude collected by the second action.
  • the preset action includes an action of turning the wrist.
  • processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
  • processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
  • the prompt information includes ring prompt information and/or vibration prompt information.
  • the communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device includes:
  • the first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected wirelessly, or the first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected via Bluetooth.
  • processing module 1520 is also used to:
  • a first operation is detected in the first interface, and the first operation is an operation indicating to turn on mute for incoming calls.
  • module can be implemented in the form of software and/or hardware, and is not specifically limited.
  • a “module” may be a software program, a hardware circuit, or a combination of both that implements the above functions.
  • the hardware circuit may include an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group processor) for executing one or more software or firmware programs. etc.) and memory, merged logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • processor such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs. etc.
  • memory merged logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
  • the units of each example described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • Figure 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by this application.
  • the dotted line in Figure 18 indicates that this unit or module is optional; the electronic device 1600 can be used to implement the method described in the above method embodiment.
  • the electronic device 1600 includes one or more processors 1601, and the one or more processors 1601 can support the electronic device 1600 to implement the method of controlling incoming call muting in the method embodiment.
  • Processor 1601 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor.
  • the processor 1601 can be a central processing unit (CPU), a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a field programmable gate array (field programmable). gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, such as discrete gates, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
  • the processor 1601 can be used to control the electronic device 1600, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs.
  • the electronic device 1600 may also include a communication unit 1605 to implement input (reception) and output (transmission) of signals.
  • the electronic device 1600 may be a chip
  • the communication unit 1605 may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip
  • the communication unit 1605 may be a communication interface of the chip
  • the chip may be a component of a terminal device or other electronic devices.
  • the electronic device 1600 may be a terminal device, and the communication unit 1605 may be a transceiver of the terminal device, or the communication unit 1605 may be a transceiver circuit of the terminal device.
  • Electronic device 1600 may include one or more memories 1602 on which programs 1604 are stored. Programs 1604 It can be run by the processor 1601 to generate instructions 1603, so that the processor 1601 executes the method of controlling incoming call muting described in the above method embodiment according to the instructions 1603.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 1602.
  • the processor 1601 may also read data stored in the memory 1602 .
  • the data may be stored at the same storage address as the program 1604 , or may be stored at a different storage address from the program 1604 .
  • the processor 1601 and the memory 1602 can be provided separately or integrated together, for example, integrated on a system on chip (SOC) of the terminal device.
  • SOC system on chip
  • the memory 1602 can be used to store the relevant program 1604 for the method of controlling incoming call muting provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the processor 1601 can be used to call the method of controlling the incoming call muting stored in the memory 1602 when executing the control of incoming call muting.
  • the related program 1604 executes the method for controlling incoming call muting according to the embodiment of the present application; for example, detecting an incoming call from the first electronic device; in response to the incoming call, collecting data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device; based on the data from the acceleration sensor, The information of the first peak value and the information of the second peak value, the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action, the first acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the first moment, and the second peak value is the The second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action, the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment; if the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, and the direction of the first action and the second The directions of the actions are different, it is determined that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, and part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device is stopped.
  • the processor 1601 may be used to perform various steps/functions of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 to 13 .
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by the processor 1601, implements the method for controlling incoming call muting according to any method embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program product may be stored in the memory 1602, such as a program 1604.
  • the program 1604 is finally converted into an executable object file that can be executed by the processor 1601 through processes such as preprocessing, compilation, assembly, and linking.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • a computer program When the computer program is executed by a computer, the method for controlling incoming call muting described in any method embodiment of this application is implemented.
  • the computer program may be a high-level language program or an executable object program.
  • the computer-readable storage medium is, for example, memory 1602.
  • Memory 1602 may be volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or memory 1602 may include both volatile memory and nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • PROM programmable ROM
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable PROM
  • Electrically removable memory electrically removable memory.
  • Erase programmable read-only memory electrically EPROM, EEPROM
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the electronic device 1600 shown in FIG. 18 above only shows a memory, a processor, and a communication interface
  • the electronic device 1600 may also include all necessary components to achieve normal operation. other necessary components.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device 1600 may also include hardware devices that implement other additional functions.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device 1600 may only include components necessary to implement the embodiments of the present application, and does not necessarily include all components shown in FIG. 18 .
  • the above embodiments can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above embodiments can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website site, computer, server or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server or data center that contains one or more available media sets.
  • the available medium can be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium can be a solid-state hard disk.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “plurality” refers to two or more.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the unit Division is only a logical functional division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored or not executed.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of terminals. Provided are a method for controlling an incoming call to be mute, and an electronic device. The method is applied to a system comprising a first electronic device and a second electronic device. The method comprises: detecting an incoming call of a first electronic device; in response to the incoming call, collecting data of an acceleration sensor in a second electronic device; obtaining information of a first peak value and information of a second peak value on the basis of the data of the acceleration sensor, wherein the first peak value is the amplitude of a first acceleration signal related to a first action of a user, and the second peak value is the amplitude of a second acceleration signal related to a second action of the user; and if the first action and the second action comply with a preset action and the direction of the first action is different from the direction of the second action, determining that the time difference is less than or equal to a first preset threshold value, and stopping part or all of prompt information of incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device. On the basis of the technical solution in the present application, an operation of muting an incoming call can be conveniently executed, thereby improving the user experience.

Description

控制来电静音的方法和电子设备Method and electronic device for controlling incoming call silence
本申请要求于2022年07月29日递交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210910764.9、申请名称为“控制来电静音的方法和电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on July 29, 2022, with the application number 202210910764.9 and the application title "Method and Electronic Device for Controlling Incoming Call Silence", the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference. Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及终端领域,具体地,涉及一种控制来电静音的方法和电子设备。The present application relates to the field of terminals, and specifically, to a method and electronic device for controlling incoming call muting.
背景技术Background technique
随着社会科技的发展,智能手环或者智能手表等可穿戴设备在生活中的应用越来越普及,这些可穿戴设备大多具有通话、计时、计步或者健康监测等功能。当可穿戴设备收到来电信息时,若用户想要接通或者挂断来电,则需要在可穿戴设备的屏幕上进行相应触摸操作或者对设备按键进行操作。而在部分场景下,在用户不方便接听电话的场景下,可以通过可穿戴设备控制来电静音。With the development of social science and technology, wearable devices such as smart bracelets or smart watches are becoming more and more popular in daily life. Most of these wearable devices have functions such as calling, timing, step counting, or health monitoring. When the wearable device receives the incoming call information, if the user wants to answer or hang up the call, he or she needs to perform corresponding touch operations on the screen of the wearable device or operate the device buttons. In some scenarios where it is inconvenient for users to answer calls, wearable devices can be used to mute incoming calls.
但是,目前控制来电静音的方法需要可穿戴设备处于固定位置(例如,显示屏朝上)时,用户进行相应的操作;由于执行来电静音时,需要将可穿戴设备放置于固定位置,导致通过可穿戴设备进行来电静音的局限性较大,不利于用户在各种场景中通过可穿戴设备实现来电静音。However, the current method of controlling the mute of incoming calls requires the user to perform corresponding operations when the wearable device is in a fixed position (for example, with the display facing up); because when muting incoming calls, the wearable device needs to be placed in a fixed position, resulting in possible Wearable devices have great limitations in muting incoming calls, which is not conducive to users using wearable devices to mute incoming calls in various scenarios.
因此,如何更加智能化的实现来电静音,使得用户基于更加便捷的操作执行来电静音成为一个亟需解决的问题。Therefore, how to mute incoming calls more intelligently and enable users to mute incoming calls based on more convenient operations has become an urgent problem that needs to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种控制来电静音的方法和电子设备,能够使得用户能够更加便捷的执行来电静音的相关操作,提高用户体验感。This application provides a method and electronic device for controlling incoming call muting, which enables users to more conveniently perform operations related to incoming call muting and improves user experience.
第一方面,提供一种控制来电静音的方法,应用于包括第一电子设备和第二电子设备的系统,所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备通信连接,所述第二电子设备为可穿戴设备,所述方法包括:In a first aspect, a method for controlling incoming call muting is provided, applied to a system including a first electronic device and a second electronic device. The first electronic device is communicatively connected to the second electronic device. The second electronic device For wearable devices, the method includes:
检测到所述第一电子设备来电;An incoming call from the first electronic device is detected;
响应于所述来电,采集所述第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;In response to the incoming call, collect data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device;
基于所述加速度传感器的数据得到第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,所述第一峰值为与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值,所述第一加速度信号幅值为第一时刻的加速度信号,所述第二峰值为与所述用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值,所述第二加速度信号幅值为第二时刻的加速度信号;The information of the first peak and the information of the second peak are obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor. The first peak is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action. The first acceleration signal amplitude is The acceleration signal at the first moment, the second peak value is the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action, and the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment;
若所述第一动作和所述第二动作符合预设动作,且所述第一动作的方向和所述第二动作的方向不同,确定所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于 第一预设阈值,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息。If the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different, determine the distance between the first moment and the second moment. The time difference is less than or equal to The first preset threshold is to stop part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
在本申请的实施例中,通过获取第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)中的加速度传感器的数据;基于第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)中加速度传感器的数据,可以得到与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值和与用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值;若第一动作和第二动作符合预设动作,即第一动作的姿态与第二动作的姿态符合预设动作的姿态,且第一动作的方向和第二动作的方向不同,确定第一加速度信号幅值对应的第一时刻与第二加速度信号幅值对应的第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值时,可以停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息;即可以对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备实现来电静音功能;在本申请的实施例中,由于在检测用户的第一动作和第二动作时第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)无需处于固定位置;换而言之,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够适用于更多场景,用户在执行来电静音的相关操作时无需限制于第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)的屏幕朝上且掌心的固定场景;因此,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够更加智能化的实现来电静音,使得用户能够更加便捷的执行来电静音的相关操作;提高用户体验感。In embodiments of the present application, by obtaining data from an acceleration sensor in a second electronic device (for example, a wearable device); based on data from an acceleration sensor in a second electronic device (for example, a wearable device), it is possible to obtain information related to the user The first acceleration signal amplitude related to the first action and the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action; if the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, that is, the posture of the first action is consistent with the second action. The posture of the action conforms to the posture of the preset action, and the direction of the first action is different from the direction of the second action. Determine the distance between the first moment corresponding to the amplitude of the first acceleration signal and the second moment corresponding to the amplitude of the second acceleration signal. When the time difference is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be stopped; that is, the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be Implement the incoming call mute function; in the embodiment of the present application, since the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the first action and the second action of the user; in other words, the present application implements The method for controlling incoming call muting provided in the example can be applied to more scenarios. When performing operations related to incoming call muting, the user does not need to be limited to a fixed scene where the screen of the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) is facing up and the palm is in the palm; therefore, The method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can realize incoming call muting more intelligently, allowing users to perform operations related to incoming call muting more conveniently; and improving user experience.
应理解,检测到第一电子设备来电可以是指检测到第一电子设备当前是否处于被呼叫状态;例如,第一电子设备中当前是否处于被呼叫且未接听状态。It should be understood that detecting an incoming call from the first electronic device may refer to detecting whether the first electronic device is currently in a called state; for example, whether the first electronic device is currently in a called and unanswered state.
应理解,本申请的实施例是为了在第一电子设备处于来电的情况下,实现第一电子设备和/或可穿戴设备的来电静音;因此,在第一电子设备具有来电的情况下,可以认为第一电子设备处于来电响铃和/或来电振动的状态;在本申请的实施例中,可以不考虑第一电子设备或者可穿戴设备处于静音状态。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are to mute the incoming calls of the first electronic device and/or the wearable device when the first electronic device receives an incoming call; therefore, when the first electronic device receives an incoming call, it is possible to The first electronic device is considered to be in a state of ringing and/or vibrating for incoming calls; in embodiments of the present application, it may not be considered that the first electronic device or the wearable device is in a silent state.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述预设动作包括翻转手腕的动作。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the preset action includes an action of turning the wrist.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一动作和第二动作可以为用户在不同方向的翻转手腕的动作。In a possible implementation, the first action and the second action may be actions of the user turning the wrist in different directions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,预设动作还可以包括抬起手腕与落下手腕、伸出手腕与收回手腕、向前迈出一步、或者向后退回一步等具有用户意图指向性的动作。In a possible implementation, the preset actions may also include actions with the user's intended direction, such as raising and lowering the wrist, extending and retracting the wrist, taking a step forward, or taking a step back.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述确定所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, it is determined that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to a first preset threshold, and the first step is stopped. Part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
确定所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,且所述第一加速度信号幅值与所述第二加速度信号幅值的比值满足第一范围,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息。It is determined that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to a first preset threshold, and the ratio of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the second acceleration signal amplitude satisfies the first Scope, stop part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
在本申请的实施例中,在第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值的情况下,还可以进一步判断第一动作的幅度与第二动作的幅度之间的比值是否满足第一范围,即确定第一加速度信号幅值与第二加速度信号幅值的幅度值的比值是否满足第一范围;在第一加速度信号幅值与第二加速度信号幅值的幅度值的比值满足第一范围时,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息,即对第一电子设备和/或可穿戴设备执行来电静音;在本申请的实施例中,由于在 第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值满足第一预设阈值的情况下,还可以进一步对第一动作与第二动作的幅度的比值进行判断;因此,能够在一定程度上有效避免用户的误操作,从而提高来电静音的准确性。In the embodiment of the present application, when the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, it is possible to further determine the difference between the amplitude of the first action and the amplitude of the second action. Whether the ratio between the amplitude of the first acceleration signal and the amplitude of the second acceleration signal satisfies the first range, that is, it is determined whether the ratio of the amplitude of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the amplitude of the second acceleration signal meets the first range; When the ratio of the amplitude values meets the first range, stop part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device, that is, mute the incoming call on the first electronic device and/or the wearable device; in this application In the embodiment, since in When the time difference between the first moment and the second moment meets the first preset threshold, the ratio of the amplitudes of the first action and the second action can be further judged; therefore, it is possible to a certain extent This effectively avoids user misoperation, thus improving the accuracy of muting incoming calls.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述基于所述加速度传感器的数据得到第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, obtaining the first peak information and the second peak information based on the data of the acceleration sensor includes:
基于寻峰算法对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,所述数据集合包括所述第一峰值的信息和所述第二峰值的信息。The data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on a peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set, where the data set includes information on the first peak and information on the second peak.
应理解,寻峰算法是指寻找一组信号中的波峰或者波谷的位置的信号。It should be understood that the peak-finding algorithm refers to finding the location of the peak or trough of a set of signals.
在本申请的实施例中,基于加速度传感器的数据可以检测是否存在波峰和波谷,即检测是否存在第一动作与第二动作(例如,两次翻转手腕)的数据;基于加速度传感器的数据可以确定波峰和波谷的位置信息;基于位置信息可以得到波峰与波谷对应的时间信息,从而确定第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值是否小于或者等于第一预设阈值;在时间差值满足第一预设阈值的情况下,对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备执行来电静音;即停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the data based on the acceleration sensor can be used to detect whether there are peaks and troughs, that is, whether there is data about the first action and the second action (for example, turning the wrist twice); based on the data based on the acceleration sensor, it can be determined The position information of the wave peak and the wave trough; based on the position information, the time information corresponding to the wave peak and the wave trough can be obtained, thereby determining whether the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold; in the time difference If the value satisfies the first preset threshold, mute the incoming call on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device; that is, stop part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,基于寻峰算法对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,包括:Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on a peak-finding algorithm to obtain a data set, including:
通过神经网络模型对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到所述数据集合,所述神经网络模型用于运行所述寻峰算法。The data of the acceleration sensor is processed through a neural network model to obtain the data set, and the neural network model is used to run the peak-finding algorithm.
在本申请的实施例中,可以通过神经网络模型对加速度传感器的数据执行寻峰算法;其中,神经网络模型可以包括卷积神经网络;通过神经网络模型执行寻峰算法能够提高寻峰算法的运行效率;从而缩短第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备执行来电静音的等待时长。In the embodiments of the present application, the peak-finding algorithm can be performed on the data of the acceleration sensor through a neural network model; wherein the neural network model can include a convolutional neural network; executing the peak-finding algorithm through the neural network model can improve the operation of the peak-finding algorithm. Efficiency; thereby shortening the waiting time for the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device to mute incoming calls.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述基于寻峰算法对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,包括:Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on the peak-finding algorithm to obtain a data set, including:
对所述加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,得到处理后的数据;Perform filtering processing on the data of the acceleration sensor to obtain processed data;
基于所述寻峰算法对所述处理后的数据进行处理,得到所述数据集合。The processed data is processed based on the peak-finding algorithm to obtain the data set.
在本申请的实施例中,通过对获取的加速度传感器的数据进行滤波数据处理可以剔除掉部分噪声数据,从而确保加速度传感器的数据的准确性。In the embodiment of the present application, part of the noise data can be eliminated by performing filtering data processing on the acquired acceleration sensor data, thereby ensuring the accuracy of the acceleration sensor data.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述对所述加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,得到处理后的数据,包括:In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, filtering the data of the acceleration sensor to obtain processed data includes:
基于均值滤波器对所述加速度传感器的数据进行所述滤波处理,得到所述处理后的数据。Perform the filtering process on the data of the acceleration sensor based on a mean filter to obtain the processed data.
在本申请的实施例中,可以采用均值滤波器进行滤波处理;由于均值滤波器对具有非周期运动的运动状态和周期运动的运动状态具有良好的抗噪性能;因此,通过采用均值滤波器对获取的加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,可以有效地减少数据中的噪声数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the mean filter can be used for filtering processing; because the mean filter has good anti-noise performance for motion states with non-periodic motion and periodic motion; therefore, by using the mean filter, Filtering the acquired acceleration sensor data can effectively reduce the noise in the data.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一峰值的信息包括第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一峰值对应的数据帧的标识;所述第二峰值的信息包括第二标识,所述第二标识为所述第二峰值对应的数据帧的标识,所述时间差值为基于所 述第一标识和所述第二标识得到的时间差值。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the information of the first peak includes a first identifier, the first identifier is an identifier of a data frame corresponding to the first peak; the information of the second peak includes a second identifier, the second identifier is an identifier of a data frame corresponding to the second peak, and the time difference is based on the The time difference between the first identifier and the second identifier.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一动作的方向与所述第二动作的方向相反。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, a direction of the first action is opposite to a direction of the second action.
在本申请的实施例中,第一动作的方向与第二动作的方向可以相反;用户在执行第一动作后,可以执行与第一动作方向相反的第二动作,使得用户的操作更加便捷,提高用户体验感。In the embodiment of the present application, the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action can be opposite; after performing the first action, the user can perform a second action opposite to the direction of the first action, making the user's operation more convenient. Improve user experience.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一动作的方向与所述第二动作的方向相反,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action, including:
所述第一动作的方向为顺时针方向,且所述第二动作的方向为逆时针方向;或者,The direction of the first action is clockwise, and the direction of the second action is counterclockwise; or,
所述第一动作的方向为逆时针方向,且所述第二动作的方向为顺时针方向。The direction of the first movement is counterclockwise, and the direction of the second movement is clockwise.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一动作为第一次翻转手腕的动作,第二动作为第二次翻转手腕的动作;且第一次翻转手腕的方向与所述第二次翻转手腕的方向相反。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first action is an action of turning the wrist for the first time, the second action is an action of turning the wrist for the second time; and the direction of the first time turning of the wrist is In the opposite direction to the second flip of your wrist as described.
应理解,在本申请的实施例中翻转手腕可以是指转动手腕。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, turning the wrist may refer to rotating the wrist.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一次翻转手腕的方向为顺时针方向,且所述第二次翻转手腕的方向为逆时针方向;或者,In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the direction of turning the wrist for the first time is clockwise, and the direction of turning the wrist for the second time is counterclockwise; or,
所述第一次翻转手腕的方向为逆时针方向,且所述第二次翻转手腕的方向为顺时针方向。The direction of turning the wrist for the first time is counterclockwise, and the direction of turning the wrist for the second time is clockwise.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在所述第一次翻转手腕的方向为顺时针方向,且所述第二次翻转手腕的方向为逆时针方向的情况下,所述第一峰值为波峰值,所述第二峰值为波谷值。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, when the direction of the first wrist flip is clockwise and the direction of the second wrist flip is counterclockwise, the first peak value is a peak value and the second peak value is a trough value.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在所述第一次翻转手腕的方向为逆时针方向,且所述第二次翻转手腕的方向为顺时针方向的情况下,所述第一峰值为波谷值,所述第二峰值为波峰值。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the direction of turning the wrist for the first time is counterclockwise, and the direction of turning the wrist for the second time is clockwise, so The first peak value is the trough value, and the second peak value is the peak value.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述采集所述第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, collecting data from an acceleration sensor in the second electronic device includes:
在预设时间段内采集所述第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据,所述预设时间段为所述来电的时间段。The data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected within a preset time period, and the preset time period is the time period of the incoming call.
在本申请的实施例中,采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据可以是指在检测到第一电子设备来电时,在第一电子设备来电的时间段内采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;换而言之,在未检测到第一电子设备的来电时,可以不采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;从而在一定程度上能够避免一直采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据导致功耗较大的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, collecting the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device may mean that when an incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, collecting the data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device within the time period of the incoming call from the first electronic device. data; in other words, when no incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device does not need to be collected; thus, to a certain extent, it is possible to avoid collecting the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device all the time. This leads to the problem of high power consumption.
在一种可能的实现方式中,可以一直采集第二电子设备中的加速度传感器的数据;即在未检测到第一电子设备来电时,也可以采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;在检测到第一电子设备来电后,可以继续采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据,并对该数据进行寻峰算法处理确定数据中是否能检测到第一峰值与第二峰值,基于第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备执行静音来电。In a possible implementation, the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device can be collected all the time; that is, when no incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device can also be collected; when detecting After the first electronic device receives a call, the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device can be continued to be collected, and the data can be processed by a peak-finding algorithm to determine whether the first peak and the second peak can be detected in the data. Based on the first peak The information and the second peak information perform silent incoming calls on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述停止所述第一电子设备和/ 或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, stopping the first electronic device and/or Or part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the second electronic device, including:
停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的全部提示信息。Stop all prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
在本申请的实施例中,在对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备执行静音来电时,可以停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中的全部提示信息,使得第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备不会对用户进行任何提醒,减少来电对用户的影响。In embodiments of the present application, when performing silent incoming calls on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device, all prompt information in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device may be stopped, so that the first electronic device And/or the second electronic device will not provide any reminder to the user, reducing the impact of the incoming call on the user.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的全部提示信息,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the stopping of all prompt information for the incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
停止所述第一电子设备和所述第二电子设备中所述来电的全部提示信息。Stop all prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and the second electronic device.
在本申请的实施例中,在对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备执行静音来电时,可以停止第一电子设备和第二电子设备中来电的全部提示信息;从而在用户不方便接听电话的情况下,使得用户通过简单操作对第一电子设备和第二设备实现来电静音。In embodiments of the present application, when silencing an incoming call on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device, all prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and the second electronic device can be stopped; thus, it is inconvenient for the user to answer the call. In the case of a telephone, the user can mute the first electronic device and the second device through simple operations.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息,包括:In a possible implementation, stopping part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分提示信息。Stop part of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分提示信息,包括:In a possible implementation, stopping part of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
停止所述第一电子设备和所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分提示信息。Stop part of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and the second electronic device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述提示信息包括响铃提示信息和/或振动提示信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the prompt information includes ring prompt information and/or vibration prompt information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备通信连接包括:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device includes:
所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间无线连接,或者,所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间蓝牙连接。The first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected wirelessly, or the first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected via Bluetooth.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一电子设备和第二电子设备之间还可以通过其他方式实现通信连接。In a possible implementation, the communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device can also be achieved through other methods.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,还包括:Combined with the first aspect, some implementations of the first aspect also include:
显示第一界面;Display the first interface;
在所述第一界面中检测到第一操作,所述第一操作为指示开启来电静音的操作。A first operation is detected in the first interface, and the first operation is an operation indicating to turn on muting of incoming calls.
第二方面,提供了一种电子设备,包括用于执行第一方面或者第一方面中的任意一种实现方式中的控制来电静音的方法的模块/单元。In a second aspect, an electronic device is provided, including a module/unit for executing the method of controlling incoming call muting in the first aspect or any one of the implementations of the first aspect.
第三方面,提供了一种电子设备,所述电子设备包括一个或多个处理器与存储器;所述存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In a third aspect, an electronic device is provided. The electronic device includes one or more processors and a memory; the memory is coupled to the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program codes. The computer program code includes computer instructions that are invoked by the one or more processors to cause the electronic device to perform:
检测到所述第一电子设备来电;Detecting an incoming call to the first electronic device;
响应于所述来电,采集所述第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;In response to the incoming call, collect data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device;
基于所述加速度传感器的数据得到第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,所述第一峰值为与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值,所述第一加速度信号幅值为第一时刻的加速度信号,所述第二峰值为与所述用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号 幅值,所述第二加速度信号幅值为第二时刻的加速度信号;The information of the first peak and the information of the second peak are obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor. The first peak is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action. The first acceleration signal amplitude is The acceleration signal at the first moment, the second peak value is the second acceleration signal related to the second action of the user Amplitude, the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment;
若所述第一动作和所述第二动作符合预设动作,且所述第一动作的方向和所述第二动作的方向不同,确定所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息。If the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different, determine the distance between the first moment and the second moment. If the time difference is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device is stopped.
可选地,上述电子设备可以为第一方面中的第一电子设备或者第一方面中的第二电子设备。Optionally, the above-mentioned electronic device may be the first electronic device in the first aspect or the second electronic device in the first aspect.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
确定所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,且所述第一加速度信号幅值与所述第二加速度信号幅值的比值满足第一范围,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息。It is determined that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to a first preset threshold, and the ratio of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the second acceleration signal amplitude satisfies the first Scope, stop part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
基于寻峰算法对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,所述数据集合包括所述第一峰值的信息和所述第二峰值的信息。The data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on a peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set, where the data set includes information on the first peak and information on the second peak.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
通过神经网络模型对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到所述数据集合,所述神经网络模型用于运行所述寻峰算法。The data of the acceleration sensor is processed by a neural network model to obtain the data set, and the neural network model is used to run the peak-finding algorithm.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
对所述加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,得到处理后的数据;Perform filtering processing on the data of the acceleration sensor to obtain processed data;
基于所述寻峰算法对所述处理后的数据进行处理,得到所述数据集合。The processed data is processed based on the peak-finding algorithm to obtain the data set.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
基于均值滤波器对所述加速度传感器的数据进行所述滤波处理,得到所述处理后的数据。Perform the filtering process on the data of the acceleration sensor based on a mean filter to obtain the processed data.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一峰值的信息包括第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一峰值对应的数据帧的标识;所述第二峰值的信息包括第二标识,所述第二标识为所述第二峰值对应的数据帧的标识,所述时间差值为基于所述第一标识和所述第二标识得到的时间差值。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the information of the first peak includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of the data frame corresponding to the first peak; the second The peak information includes a second identifier, the second identifier is an identifier of the data frame corresponding to the second peak, and the time difference is a time difference obtained based on the first identifier and the second identifier.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一动作的方向与所述第二动作的方向相反。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一动作的方向与所述第二动作的方向相反,包括:Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action, including:
所述第一动作的方向为顺时针方向,且所述第二动作的方向为逆时针方向;或者,The direction of the first action is clockwise, and the direction of the second action is counterclockwise; or,
所述第一动作的方向为逆时针方向,且所述第二动作的方向为顺时针方向。The direction of the first action is counterclockwise, and the direction of the second action is clockwise.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述 计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the one or more processors call the Computer instructions to cause the electronic device to perform:
在预设时间段内采集所述第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据,所述预设时间段为所述来电的时间段。The data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected within a preset time period, and the preset time period is the time period of the incoming call.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一峰值为基于所述用户的所述第一动作采集的所述第一加速度信号幅值;所述第二峰值为基于所述用户的所述第二动作采集的所述第二加速度信号幅值。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude collected based on the first action of the user; the second peak value is based on the first action of the user. The second acceleration signal amplitude collected by the user's second action.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述预设动作包括翻转手腕的动作。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the preset action includes an action of turning the wrist.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的全部提示信息。Stop all prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
停止所述第一电子设备和所述第二电子设备中所述来电的全部提示信息。Stop all prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and the second electronic device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述提示信息包括响铃提示信息和/或振动提示信息。In combination with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the prompt information includes ringing prompt information and/or vibration prompt information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备通信连接包括:The communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device includes:
所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间无线连接,或者,所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间蓝牙连接。The first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected wirelessly, or the first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected via Bluetooth.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute:
显示第一界面;Display the first interface;
在所述第一界面中检测到第一操作,所述第一操作为指示开启来电静音的操作。A first operation is detected in the first interface, and the first operation is an operation indicating to turn on muting of incoming calls.
第四方面,提供一种电子设备,所述电子设备包括一个或多个处理器、存储器;所述存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行第一方面或者第一方面中的任意一种实现方式中的控制来电静音的方法。A fourth aspect provides an electronic device. The electronic device includes one or more processors and memories; the memory is coupled to the one or more processors, and the memory is used to store computer program codes, and the The computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute the method of controlling incoming call muting in the first aspect or any implementation of the first aspect.
第五方面,提供了一种芯片系统,所述芯片系统应用于电子设备,所述芯片系统包括一个或多个处理器,所述处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行第一方面或者第一方面中的任意一种实现方式中的控制来电静音的方法。In a fifth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system is applied to an electronic device. The chip system includes one or more processors. The processor is used to call computer instructions to cause the electronic device to execute the first aspect. Or the method for controlling incoming call muting in any implementation manner of the first aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码被电子设备运行时,使得该电子设备第一方面或者第一方面中的任意一种实现方式中的控制来电静音的方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program code. When the computer program code is executed by an electronic device, the electronic device implements the method for controlling incoming call muting in the first aspect or any one of the implementations of the first aspect.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码被电子设备运行时,使得该电子设备执行第一方面或者第一方面中的任意一种实现方式中的控制来电静音的方法。 In a seventh aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run by an electronic device, the electronic device causes the electronic device to execute the first aspect or any of the first aspects. A method of controlling incoming call muting in an implementation manner.
在本申请的实施例中,通过获取第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)中的加速度传感器的数据;基于第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)中加速度传感器的数据,可以得到与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值和与用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值;若第一动作和第二动作符合预设动作,即第一动作的姿态与第二动作的姿态符合预设动作的姿态,且第一动作的方向和第二动作的方向不同,确定第一加速度信号幅值对应的第一时刻与第二加速度信号幅值对应的第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值时,可以停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息;即可以对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备实现来电静音功能;在本申请的实施例中,由于在检测用户的第一动作和第二动作时第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)无需处于固定位置;换而言之,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够适用于更多场景,用户在执行来电静音的相关操作时无需限制于第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)的屏幕朝上且掌心的固定场景;因此,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够更加智能化的实现来电静音,使得用户能够更加便捷的执行来电静音的相关操作;提高用户体验感。In embodiments of the present application, by obtaining data from an acceleration sensor in a second electronic device (for example, a wearable device); based on data from an acceleration sensor in a second electronic device (for example, a wearable device), it is possible to obtain information related to the user The first acceleration signal amplitude related to the first action and the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action; if the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, that is, the posture of the first action is consistent with the second action. The posture of the action conforms to the posture of the preset action, and the direction of the first action is different from the direction of the second action. Determine the distance between the first moment corresponding to the amplitude of the first acceleration signal and the second moment corresponding to the amplitude of the second acceleration signal. When the time difference is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be stopped; that is, the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be Implement the incoming call mute function; in the embodiment of the present application, since the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the first action and the second action of the user; in other words, the present application implements The method for controlling incoming call muting provided in the example can be applied to more scenarios. When performing operations related to incoming call muting, the user does not need to be limited to a fixed scene where the screen of the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) is facing up and the palm is in the palm; therefore, The method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can realize incoming call muting more intelligently, allowing users to perform operations related to incoming call muting more conveniently; and improving user experience.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是一种适用于本申请的电子设备的硬件系统的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a hardware system suitable for electronic equipment of the present application;
图2是一种适用于本申请的电子设备与可穿戴设备之间交互的软件系统的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a software system suitable for interaction between electronic devices and wearable devices of the present application;
图3是一种适用于本申请实施例的应用场景的示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario suitable for the embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种控制来电静音的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种加速度传感器采集的加速度信号的示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of an acceleration signal collected by an acceleration sensor provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的用户的第一动作或者第二动作的方向的示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the direction of the user's first action or second action provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种控制来电静音的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种控制来电静音的方法的交互性流程图;Figure 8 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种控制来电静音的方法的交互性流程图;Figure 9 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种控制来电静音的方法的交互性流程图;Figure 10 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种基于加速度传感器的数据得到标签值的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of a method for obtaining tag values based on data from an acceleration sensor provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种基于加速度传感器的数据得到标签值的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of another method for obtaining tag values based on data from an acceleration sensor provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种基于加速度传感器的数据得到标签值的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 13 is a schematic flow chart of a method for obtaining tag values based on data from an acceleration sensor provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种可穿戴设备的图形用户界面的示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a graphical user interface of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的另一种可穿戴设备的图形用户界面的示意图;FIG15 is a schematic diagram of a graphical user interface of another wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的图形用户界面的示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of a graphical user interface of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图;FIG17 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
在本申请的实施例中,以下术语“第一”、“第二”等仅用于描述目的,而不能 理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。In the embodiments of this application, the following terms “first”, “second”, etc. are only used for descriptive purposes and cannot It is understood as indicating or implying the relative importance or implicitly indicating the quantity of the indicated technical features. Therefore, features defined as "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of this embodiment, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more.
为了便于对本申请实施例的理解,首先对本申请实施例中涉及的相关概念进行简要说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the relevant concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are briefly described first.
1、来电静音1. Silence incoming calls
来电静音是指终端设备在被呼叫(例如,有新接入电话)时,终端设备从响铃状态变为变到静音状态,并且不挂断电话。Incoming call mute means that when the terminal device is called (for example, there is a new incoming call), the terminal device changes from the ringing state to the silent state without hanging up the call.
2、加速度传感器2. Acceleration sensor
加速度传感器是终端设备中的一种能够测量加速度的器件。An acceleration sensor is a device in a terminal device that can measure acceleration.
3、寻峰算法3. Peak finding algorithm
寻峰算法是指在一组信号中用于寻找波峰或者波谷位置的算法。The peak-finding algorithm refers to an algorithm used to find the location of peaks or valleys in a set of signals.
图1示出了一种适用于本申请的电子设备的硬件系统。Figure 1 shows a hardware system suitable for the electronic device of the present application.
电子设备100可以是手机、智慧屏、平板电脑、可穿戴电子设备、车载电子设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、投影仪等等,本申请实施例对电子设备100的具体类型不作任何限制。The electronic device 100 may be a mobile phone, a smart screen, a tablet, a wearable electronic device, a vehicle-mounted electronic device, an augmented reality (AR) device, a virtual reality (VR) device, a notebook computer, or a super mobile personal computer ( Ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), netbook, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), projector, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not place any restrictions on the specific type of the electronic device 100.
电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
需要说明的是,图1所示的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图1所示的部件更多或更少的部件,或者,电子设备100可以包括图1所示的部件中某些部件的组合,或者,电子设备100可以包括图1所示的部件中某些部件的子部件。图1示的部件可以以硬件、软件、或软件和硬件的组合实现。It should be noted that the structure shown in FIG1 does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than those shown in FIG1, or the electronic device 100 may include a combination of some of the components shown in FIG1, or the electronic device 100 may include sub-components of some of the components shown in FIG1. The components shown in FIG1 may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元。例如,处理器110可以包括以下处理单元中的至少一个:应用处理器(application processor,AP)、调制解调处理器、图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU)、图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP)、控制器、视频编解码器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、基带处理器、神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以是集成的器件。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。 Processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include at least one of the following processing units: an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor) , ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (DSP), baseband processor, neural-network processing unit (NPU). Among them, different processing units can be independent devices or integrated devices. The controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。The processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。例如,处理器110可以包括以下接口中的至少一个:内部集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口、内部集成电路音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口、脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口、通用异步接收传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口、移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI)、通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口、SIM接口、USB接口。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may include at least one of the following interfaces: an inter-integrated circuit (I2C) interface, an inter-integrated circuit sound (I2S) interface, pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, SIM interface, USB interface.
示例性地,在本申请的实施例中,处理器110可以用于执行本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法;例如,检测到第一电子设备来电;响应于来电,采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;基于加速度传感器的数据得到第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,第一峰值为与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值,第一加速度信号幅值为第一时刻的加速度信号,第二峰值为与用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值,第二加速度信号幅值为第二时刻的加速度信号;若第一动作和第二动作符合预设动作,且第一动作的方向和第二动作的方向不同,确定第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息。Illustratively, in the embodiment of the present application, the processor 110 may be used to execute the method for controlling incoming call muting provided in the embodiment of the present application; for example, detecting an incoming call from the first electronic device; in response to the incoming call, collecting data from the second electronic device The data of the acceleration sensor; the information of the first peak value and the information of the second peak value are obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor. The first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action, and the first acceleration signal amplitude is The acceleration signal at the first moment, the second peak value is the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action, and the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment; if the first action and the second action meet the predetermined Assume an action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different, determine that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, stop the first electronic device and/or the second Part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in an electronic device.
图1所示的各模块间的连接关系只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的各模块间的连接关系的限定。可选地,电子设备100的各模块也可以采用上述实施例中多种连接方式的组合。The connection relationship between the modules shown in FIG. 1 is only a schematic illustration and does not constitute a limitation on the connection relationship between the modules of the electronic device 100 . Optionally, each module of the electronic device 100 may also adopt a combination of various connection methods in the above embodiments.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1、天线2、移动通信模块150、无线通信模块160、调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等器件实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, modem processor, baseband processor and other components.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be reused as a diversity antenna for a wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
电子设备100可以通过GPU、显示屏194以及应用处理器实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 can realize the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, which connects the display screen 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. The processor 110 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194可以用于显示图像或视频。Display 194 may be used to display images or videos.
可选地,显示屏194可以用于显示图像或视频。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED)、有源矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light-emitting diode,AMOLED)、柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED)、迷你发光二极管(mini light-emitting diode,Mini LED)、微型发光二极管(micro  light-emitting diode,Micro LED)、微型OLED(Micro OLED)或量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。Optionally, display screen 194 may be used to display images or videos. Display 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (AMOLED), flexible Light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), mini light-emitting diode (mini light-emitting diode, Mini LED), micro light-emitting diode (micro light-emitting diode (Micro LED), micro OLED (Micro OLED) or quantum dot light emitting diodes (QLED). In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
电子设备100可以通过ISP、摄像头193、视频编解码器、GPU、显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can implement the shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过摄像头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP可以对图像的噪点、亮度和色彩进行算法优化,ISP还可以优化拍摄场景的曝光和色温等参数。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the camera, the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can algorithmically optimize the noise, brightness and color of the image. ISP can also optimize parameters such as exposure and color temperature of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
摄像头193(也可以称为镜头)用于捕获静态图像或视频。可以通过应用程序指令触发开启,实现拍照功能,如拍摄获取任意场景的图像。摄像头可以包括成像镜头、滤光片、图像传感器等部件。物体发出或反射的光线进入成像镜头,通过滤光片,最终汇聚在图像传感器上。成像镜头主要是用于对拍照视角中的所有物体(也可以称为待拍摄场景、目标场景,也可以理解为用户期待拍摄的场景图像)发出或反射的光汇聚成像;滤光片主要是用于将光线中的多余光波(例如除可见光外的光波,如红外)滤去;图像传感器可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。图像传感器主要是用于对接收到的光信号进行光电转换,转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。The camera 193 (which may also be called a lens) is used to capture still images or videos. It can be triggered by application instructions to realize the camera function, such as capturing images of any scene. The camera can include imaging lenses, filters, image sensors and other components. The light emitted or reflected by the object enters the imaging lens, passes through the optical filter, and finally converges on the image sensor. The imaging lens is mainly used to collect and image the light emitted or reflected by all objects in the camera angle (which can also be called the scene to be shot, the target scene, or the scene image that the user expects to shoot); the filter is mainly used to To filter out excess light waves in the light (such as light waves other than visible light, such as infrared); the image sensor can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) ) phototransistor. The image sensor is mainly used to photoelectrically convert the received optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfer the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals.
示例性地,数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。For example, the digital signal processor is used to process digital signals. In addition to processing digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy.
示例性地,视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1、MPEG2、MPEG3和MPEG4。Illustratively, video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. Electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3 and MPEG4.
示例性地,陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即,x轴、y轴和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。例如,当快门被按下时,陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航和体感游戏等场景。For example, the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 100 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of electronic device 100 about three axes (ie, x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis) may be determined by gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. For example, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the angle at which the electronic device 100 shakes, and calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate based on the angle, so that the lens can offset the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used in scenarios such as navigation and somatosensory games.
示例性地,加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为x轴、y轴和z轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。加速度传感器180E还可以用于识别电子设备100的姿态,作为横竖屏切换和计步器等应用程序的输入参数。For example, the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. The acceleration sensor 180E can also be used to identify the posture of the electronic device 100 as an input parameter for applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching and pedometer.
示例性地,距离传感器180F用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测 量距离。在一些实施例中,例如在拍摄场景中,电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。Illustratively, distance sensor 180F is used to measure distance. The electronic device 100 can measure by infrared or laser measure distance. In some embodiments, such as in a shooting scene, the electronic device 100 may utilize the distance sensor 180F to measure distance to achieve fast focusing.
示例性地,环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测电子设备100是否在口袋里,以防误触。Illustratively, the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness. The electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touching.
示例性地,指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现解锁、访问应用锁、拍照和接听来电等功能。Illustratively, fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement functions such as unlocking, accessing application locks, taking photos, and answering incoming calls.
示例性地,触摸传感器180K,也称为触控器件。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,触摸屏也称为触控屏。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或其附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器180K可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,并且与显示屏194设置于不同的位置。For example, the touch sensor 180K is also called a touch device. The touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194. The touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen. The touch screen is also called a touch screen. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation acted on or near the touch sensor 180K. The touch sensor 180K may pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the touch event type. Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through display screen 194 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 and at a different position from the display screen 194 .
上文详细描述了电子设备100的硬件系统,下面介绍电子设备100的软件系统。The hardware system of the electronic device 100 is described in detail above, and the software system of the electronic device 100 is introduced below.
图2是本申请实施例提供的电子设备与可穿戴设备之间交互的软件系统的示意图。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a software system for interaction between an electronic device and a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
在一个示例中,如图2所示,系统架构中可以包括电子设备100与可穿戴设备200;其中,电子设备100可以包括应用层310、应用框架层320、硬件抽象层330与传感器算法层340;可穿戴设备200可以包括加速度传感器与蓝牙模块。In one example, as shown in FIG. 2 , the system architecture may include an electronic device 100 and a wearable device 200 ; wherein the electronic device 100 may include an application layer 310 , an application framework layer 320 , a hardware abstraction layer 330 and a sensor algorithm layer 340 ; The wearable device 200 may include an acceleration sensor and a Bluetooth module.
可选地,电子设备100还可以包括硬件层;硬件层中还可以包括电子设备中的硬件器件。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may further include a hardware layer; the hardware layer may further include hardware devices in the electronic device.
示例性地,电子设备中的应用层310可以包括运动健康应用程序或者其他应用程序;其他应用程序包括但不限于:相机应用程序、图库、日历、通话、地图、导航、WLAN、蓝牙、音乐、视频、短信息等应用程序。Exemplarily, the application layer 310 in the electronic device may include sports health applications or other applications; other applications include but are not limited to: camera applications, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message and other applications.
示例性地,电子设备中的应用框架层320为应用层的应用程序提供应用程序编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架;应用框架层可以包括一些预定义的函数。For example, the application framework layer 320 in the electronic device provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer; the application framework layer may include some predefined functions.
示例性地,电子设备中的硬件抽象层330用于将硬件抽象化。Illustratively, a hardware abstraction layer 330 in an electronic device is used to abstract hardware.
示例性地,硬件抽象层可以包括硬件抽象模块331;其中,硬件抽象模块331可以用于运行占用内存较大,功耗较高的算法;例如,硬件抽象模块331可以用于运行寻峰算法等;可选地,寻峰算法可以参见后续图11中的S906或者图12中的S1006的相关描述。For example, the hardware abstraction layer may include a hardware abstraction module 331; where the hardware abstraction module 331 may be used to run algorithms that occupy larger memory and consume higher power; for example, the hardware abstraction module 331 may be used to run peak-finding algorithms, etc. Optionally, for the peak-finding algorithm, please refer to the subsequent description of S906 in Figure 11 or S1006 in Figure 12 .
示例性地,来电静音可以是指本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法的相关算法;同理,通过本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法还可以适用于其他需要静音的场景;例如,静音闹钟或者静音视频来电等。可选地,底层算法模块还可以包括接听电话的相关算法。For example, muting an incoming call may refer to the related algorithm of the method for controlling the muting of an incoming call provided by the embodiment of the present application; similarly, the method of controlling the muting of an incoming call provided by the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to other scenarios that require muting; for example , silent alarm clock or silent video calls, etc. Optionally, the underlying algorithm module may also include algorithms related to answering calls.
可选地,硬件抽象模块331与底层算法模块之间可以实现交互通信;例如,底层算法模块的输出数据可以作为硬件抽象模块331的输入数据,从而实现高功耗算法的优化。 Optionally, interactive communication can be implemented between the hardware abstraction module 331 and the underlying algorithm module; for example, the output data of the underlying algorithm module can be used as the input data of the hardware abstraction module 331, thereby realizing the optimization of high-power-consuming algorithms.
可选地,硬件抽象模块331与底层算法模块可以位于电子设备中相同的硬件中;或者,硬件抽象模块331与底层算法模块可以位于电子设备中不同的硬件中。Alternatively, the hardware abstraction module 331 and the underlying algorithm module may be located in the same hardware in the electronic device; or, the hardware abstraction module 331 and the underlying algorithm module may be located in different hardware in the electronic device.
示例性地,硬件抽象模块331与底层算法模块可以位于电子设备中的同一个芯片;或者,融合硬件抽象模块331与底层算法模块可以位于电子设备中的不同芯片。For example, the hardware abstraction module 331 and the underlying algorithm module may be located on the same chip in the electronic device; or, the fused hardware abstraction module 331 and the underlying algorithm module may be located on different chips in the electronic device.
可选地,蓝牙硬件抽象模块中可以包括调制解调器硬件抽象(modem HAL)模块;modem HAL模块可以用于对可获取的数据进行调制解调处理。Optionally, the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module can include a modem hardware abstraction (modem HAL) module; the modem HAL module can be used to perform modulation and demodulation processing on the available data.
示例性地,电子设备中的传感器算法层340可以包括运行电子设备中的低功耗的底层算法模块;例如,底层算法模块可以运行占用内存较小,功耗较低的算法;例如,底层算法模块可以包括但不限于:来电静音、静音闹钟、静音视频来电。For example, the sensor algorithm layer 340 in the electronic device may include running a low-power underlying algorithm module in the electronic device; for example, the underlying algorithm module may run an algorithm that occupies less memory and consumes less power; for example, the underlying algorithm Modules may include but are not limited to: muting incoming calls, muting alarm clocks, muting incoming video calls.
可选地,电子设备100还可以包括硬件层;硬件层中还可以包括电子设备中的硬件器件。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may also include a hardware layer; the hardware layer may also include hardware devices in the electronic device.
可选地,传感器算法层340与硬件层之间还可以包括驱动层;驱动层可以用于为不同硬件设备提供驱动。Optionally, a driver layer may also be included between the sensor algorithm layer 340 and the hardware layer; the driver layer may be used to provide drivers for different hardware devices.
示例性地,可穿戴设备200可以包括加速度传感器与蓝牙模块;其中,加速度传感器可以用于采集加速度传感器的数据;蓝牙模块可以用于与其他设备之间实现数据传输;例如,可穿戴设备中的蓝牙模块可以与电子设备中的蓝牙硬件抽象模块之间进行数据的传输。For example, the wearable device 200 may include an acceleration sensor and a Bluetooth module; the acceleration sensor may be used to collect data from the acceleration sensor; the Bluetooth module may be used to implement data transmission with other devices; for example, in the wearable device The Bluetooth module can transmit data with the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module in the electronic device.
在本申请的实施例中,对于电子设备而言,由于硬件抽象层330中的蓝牙硬件抽象模块无法与硬件抽象层中的其他模块进行数据的传输;因此,在电子设备的应用框架层320中可以包括传输模块,传输模块可以接收蓝牙硬件抽象模块的数据,并将蓝牙硬件抽象模块中的数据发送至智慧传感器融合硬件抽象模块331中;换而言之,通过电子设备中的蓝牙硬件抽象模块与传输模块可以实现电子设备与可穿戴设备之间的数据传输。In the embodiment of the present application, for electronic devices, the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module in the hardware abstraction layer 330 cannot transmit data with other modules in the hardware abstraction layer; therefore, in the application framework layer 320 of the electronic device, It can include a transmission module, which can receive data from the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module and send the data in the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module to the smart sensor fusion hardware abstraction module 331; in other words, through the Bluetooth hardware abstraction module in the electronic device The transmission module can realize data transmission between electronic devices and wearable devices.
可选地,电子设备与可穿戴设备之间也可以通过无线连接,或者,通过其他方式通信连接;本申请对此不作任何限定。Optionally, the electronic device and the wearable device may also be connected wirelessly or through other means of communication; this application does not limit this in any way.
可选地,在本申请的实施例中,在可穿戴设备具有一定的运算能力和存储空间的情况下,电子设备中运行的寻峰算法和/或底层算法也可以在可穿戴设备中运行。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the wearable device has certain computing power and storage space, the peak-finding algorithm and/or the underlying algorithm running in the electronic device can also be run in the wearable device.
目前,控制来电静音的方法需要可穿戴设备处于固定位置(例如,显示屏朝上)时,用户进行相应的操作;例如,在执行来电静音时需要屏幕朝上且掌心向下执行翻转;但是,对于部分场景中,比如,用户躺在床上或者用户正在开车的途中,屏幕朝上且掌心对于用户而言可能无法便捷操作;因此,由于目前执行来电静音时,需要将可穿戴设备放置于固定位置,导致通过可穿戴设备进行来电静音的局限性较大,不利于用户在各种场景中通过可穿戴设备实现来电静音。Currently, the method of controlling the muting of incoming calls requires the user to perform corresponding operations when the wearable device is in a fixed position (for example, with the display facing up); for example, when performing muting of incoming calls, the screen needs to be facing up and the palm of the hand is turned downward; however, In some scenarios, for example, when the user is lying on the bed or the user is driving, the screen may be facing up and the palm of the hand may not be convenient for the user to operate; therefore, when muting incoming calls, the wearable device needs to be placed in a fixed position. , resulting in greater limitations in muting incoming calls through wearable devices, which is not conducive to users using wearable devices to mute incoming calls in various scenarios.
有鉴于此,本申请提供了一种控制来电静音的方法,通过获取第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)中的加速度传感器的数据;基于第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)中加速度传感器的数据,可以得到与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值和与用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值;若第一动作和第二动作符合预设动作,即第一动作的姿态与第二动作的姿态符合预设动作的姿态,且第一动作的方向和第二动作的方向不同,确定第一加速度信号幅值对应的第一时刻与第二加速度信号幅值对 应的第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值时,可以停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息;即可以对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备实现来电静音功能;在本申请的实施例中,由于在检测用户的第一动作和第二动作时第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)无需处于固定位置;换而言之,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够适用于更多场景,用户在执行来电静音的相关操作时无需限制于第二电子设备(例如,可穿戴设备)的屏幕朝上且掌心的固定场景;因此,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够更加智能化的实现来电静音,使得用户能够更加便捷的执行来电静音的相关操作;提高用户体验感。In view of this, the present application provides a method for controlling incoming call muting by obtaining data from an acceleration sensor in a second electronic device (for example, a wearable device); based on the acceleration in the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) From the sensor data, the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action and the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action can be obtained; if the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, that is The posture of the first action and the posture of the second action conform to the posture of the preset action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different. Determine the first moment corresponding to the amplitude of the first acceleration signal and the amplitude of the second acceleration signal. value pair When the time difference between the corresponding second moments is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be stopped; that is, the first electronic device can be And/or the second electronic device implements the incoming call muting function; in the embodiment of the present application, since the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the user's first action and second action; instead In other words, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to more scenarios. When performing operations related to incoming call muting, the user does not need to be limited to the screen of the second electronic device (for example, a wearable device) facing up and Fixed scene in the palm of the hand; therefore, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiment of the present application can more intelligently realize incoming call muting, allowing the user to more conveniently perform operations related to incoming call muting; and improve the user experience.
下面结合图3对本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法的应用场景进行举例说明。如图3所示,本申请实施例提供的来电静音的方法可以适用于来电静音场景;例如,用户可以携带可穿戴设备200,用户正处于躺着的状态且电子设备100与用户的距离较远;此时,电子设备处于来电响铃与振动状态;由于用户不方便接电话因此用户可以通过对可穿戴设备200的转动操作,实现来电静音的功能;例如,用户可以通过两次转动手腕实现电子设备和/或可穿戴设备的来电静音功能。The application scenarios of the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to FIG. 3 . As shown in Figure 3, the method for muting incoming calls provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the scene of muting incoming calls; for example, the user can carry the wearable device 200, the user is lying down and the electronic device 100 is far away from the user. At this time, the electronic device is in a ringing and vibrating state for incoming calls; since it is inconvenient for the user to answer the phone, the user can realize the function of muting incoming calls by rotating the wearable device 200; for example, the user can realize the function of muting the incoming calls by turning the wrist twice. Silence function for incoming calls on device and/or wearable device.
可选地,来电静音功能可以包括以下任意一种:Optionally, the incoming call mute function can include any of the following:
电子设备停止来电提示信息且未挂断电话、可穿戴设备停止来电提示信息且未挂断电话或者电子设备和可穿戴设备均停止来电提示信息且未挂断电话。The electronic device stops prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone, the wearable device stops prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone, or both the electronic device and the wearable device stop prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone.
其中,电子设备停止来电提示信息且未挂断电话可以包括:电子设备停止响铃且未挂断电话、电子设备停止振动且未挂断电话、电子设备停止响铃与振动且未挂断电话。The electronic device stops ringing and does not hang up the phone. The electronic device stops ringing and does not hang up the phone. The electronic device stops vibrating and does not hang up the phone. The electronic device stops ringing and vibrating but does not hang up the phone.
可穿戴设备停止来电提示信息且未挂断电话可以包括:可穿戴设备停止响铃且未挂断电话、可穿戴设备停止振动且未挂断电话、可穿戴设备停止响铃与振动且未挂断电话。The wearable device stops ringing and does not hang up the call. The wearable device stops ringing and does not hang up the call. The wearable device stops vibrating and does not hang up the phone. The wearable device stops ringing and vibrating and does not hang up. Telephone.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法同样适用于静音视频来电的场景,或者,静音闹钟的场景等。Optionally, the method for controlling the muting of incoming calls provided by the embodiments of the present application is also applicable to the scenario of muting an incoming video call, or the scenario of muting an alarm clock, etc.
下面结合图4至图14对本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法进行详细说明。The method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 4 to 14 .
图4是本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法的示意性流程图。该方法400包括S410至S440,下面分别对S410至S440进行详细的描述。Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 400 includes S410 to S440, and S410 to S440 are described in detail below respectively.
应理解,本申请实施例提供的来电静音的方法可以应用于包括第一电子设备和第二电子设备的系统,第一电子设备与第二电子设备通信连接,第二电子设备为可穿戴设备;其中,第一电子设备可以是指如图1或者图2所示的电子设备100;第二电子设备可以是指如图2所示的可穿戴设备200。It should be understood that the method for muting incoming calls provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a system including a first electronic device and a second electronic device, the first electronic device is communicatively connected to the second electronic device, and the second electronic device is a wearable device; The first electronic device may refer to the electronic device 100 as shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 ; the second electronic device may refer to the wearable device 200 as shown in FIG. 2 .
可选地,第一电子设备与第二电子设备之间通信连接包括:所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间无线连接,或者,所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间蓝牙连接,或者,第一电子设备与第二电子设备之间通过其他方式通信连接,本申请对此不作任何限定。Optionally, the communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device includes: a wireless connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device, or a Bluetooth connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device, or a communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device in other ways, and this application does not impose any limitations on this.
可选地,如图4方法400可以在第一电子设备中执行,即方法400可以在如图1或者图2所示的电子设备100中执行。Optionally, the method 400 as shown in FIG. 4 may be executed in the first electronic device, that is, the method 400 may be executed in the electronic device 100 as shown in FIG. 1 or 2 .
可选地,在第二电子设备具有一定的存储的空间和运算能力的情况下,如图4所 示的方法400可以在第二电子设备中执行,即方法400可以在如图2所示的可穿戴设备200中执行。Optionally, in the case where the second electronic device has certain storage space and computing power, as shown in Figure 4 The method 400 shown may be executed in the second electronic device, that is, the method 400 may be executed in the wearable device 200 as shown in FIG. 2 .
S410、检测到第一电子设备来电。S410. An incoming call from the first electronic device is detected.
可选地,可以是第一电子设备检测到第一电子设备具有来电,或者,可以是第二电子设备检测到第一电子设备具体来电。Alternatively, the first electronic device may detect an incoming call from the first electronic device, or the second electronic device may detect a specific incoming call from the first electronic device.
示例性地,检测到第一电子设备来电,可以是指检测到第一电子设备当前处于被呼叫状态;例如,第一电子设备中当前处于被呼叫且未接听状态。For example, detecting an incoming call from the first electronic device may refer to detecting that the first electronic device is currently in a called state; for example, the first electronic device is currently in a called and unanswered state.
S420、响应于来电,采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据。S420: In response to the incoming call, collect data from an acceleration sensor in the second electronic device.
在一个示例中,在未检测到第一电子设备来电时,采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;在检测到第一电子设备来电时,采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据,并对加速度传感器的数据进行处理;检测在第一电子设备来电的时间段内,第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据中是否包括第一峰值与第二峰值;基于第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息确定是否对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备执行静音来电;即确定是否停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中对第一电子设备的来电的部分或者全部提示信息。In one example, when an incoming call from the first electronic device is not detected, data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected; when an incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected, and the Processing the data of the acceleration sensor; detecting whether the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device includes the first peak value and the second peak value during the time period when the first electronic device receives a call; based on the information of the first peak value and the second peak value The information determines whether to perform silent incoming calls on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device; that is, determines whether to stop part or all of the prompt information for the incoming calls to the first electronic device in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
在一个示例中,在未检测到第一电子设备来电时,可以不采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;在检测到第一电子设备来电时,采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据。In one example, when an incoming call from the first electronic device is not detected, data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device may not be collected; when an incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected.
可选地,采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据,包括:Optionally, collecting data of an acceleration sensor in the second electronic device includes:
在预设时间段内采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据,预设时间段为第一电子设备来电的时间段。The data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected within a preset time period, and the preset time period is the time period when the first electronic device receives a call.
在本申请的实施例中,采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据可以是指在检测到第一电子设备来电时,在第一电子设备来电的时间段内采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;换而言之,在未检测到第一电子设备的来电时,可以不采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;从而在一定程度上能够避免一直采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据导致功耗较大的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, collecting the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device may mean that when an incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, collecting the data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device within the time period of the incoming call from the first electronic device. data; in other words, when no incoming call from the first electronic device is detected, the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device does not need to be collected; thus, to a certain extent, it is possible to avoid collecting the data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device all the time. This leads to the problem of high power consumption.
S430、基于加速度传感器的数据得到第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,第一峰值为与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值,第二峰值为与用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值。S430. Obtain the first peak information and the second peak information based on the data of the acceleration sensor. The first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action, and the second peak value is related to the user's second action. The amplitude of the second acceleration signal.
其中,第一加速度信号幅值为第一时刻的加速度信号;第二加速度信号幅值为第二时刻的加速度信号。Wherein, the first acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the first time; the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second time.
需要说明的是,加速度传感器中的数据可以包括第一电子设备来电时段内采集的第二电子设备中的加速度传感器的数据;或者,加速度传感器中的数据可以包括第一电子设备来电时间段内与未来电时间段采集的第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;即加速度传感器的数据可以包括与来电不相关的数据。It should be noted that the data in the acceleration sensor may include data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device collected during the time period when a call is incoming to the first electronic device; or, the data in the acceleration sensor may include data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device collected during the time period when a call is incoming to the first electronic device and during the time period when there will be no future calls; that is, the data in the acceleration sensor may include data that is not related to the incoming call.
应理解,第一时刻与第二时刻为不同的时刻。It should be understood that the first moment and the second moment are different moments.
还应理解,第一峰值为与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值,可以是指第一峰值为用户在执行第一动作时,采集的第二电子设备中由于用户的第一动作产生的加速度信号幅值;同理,第二峰值为与用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值, 可以是指用户在执行第二动作时,采集的第二电子设备中由于用户的第二动作产生的加速度信号幅值。It should also be understood that the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action, which may mean that the first peak value is the result of the user's first action in the second electronic device collected when the user performs the first action. The amplitude of the acceleration signal generated by the action; similarly, the second peak value is the amplitude of the second acceleration signal related to the user's second action, It may refer to the amplitude of the acceleration signal generated by the user's second action in the second electronic device collected when the user performs the second action.
可选地,基于加速度传感器的数据得到第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,包括:Optionally, obtaining information about the first peak value and information about the second peak value based on data from the acceleration sensor includes:
基于寻峰算法对加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,数据集合包括第一峰值的信息和第二峰值的信息。The data of the acceleration sensor are processed based on the peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set, which includes the information of the first peak and the information of the second peak.
应理解,寻峰算法是指寻找一组信号中的波峰或者波谷的位置的信号。It should be understood that the peak-finding algorithm refers to finding the location of the peak or trough of a set of signals.
可选地,寻峰算法可以包括但不限于:比较法、导数法、恒虚警率(Constant False-Alarm Rate,CFAR)算法、对称零面积算法、线性拟合寻峰算法等。Optionally, the peak-finding algorithm may include but is not limited to: comparison method, derivative method, constant false alarm rate (Constant False-Alarm Rate, CFAR) algorithm, symmetric zero-area algorithm, linear fitting peak-finding algorithm, etc.
其中,比较法是通过先对数据进行平滑处理,进行最大值比较得出波峰或者波谷的位置;导数法是通过先对数据进行平滑处理;再对数据进行一阶、二阶、三阶求导数据;获取求导数据的平均值,根据平均值设置门限,然后进行峰值筛选;CFAR算法是指设置两个窗函数;进行窗平滑处理得到优化后曲线;求取数据的平均值,根据平均值设置门限,然后进行峰值筛选;对称零面积算法是指通过选择对称零面积简单函数作为变化函数;按照对称零面积设置窗函数;峰的净面积比峰的总面积(峰的净面积和本底面积之和)的标准偏差大若干倍时,确认该峰是一个真峰。线性拟合寻峰算法是指按照最小二乘法得到线性函数系数;根据拟合函数得到拟合曲线;基于拟合曲线计算相应的峰高和峰宽。可选地,具体算法可以参见图11中S906的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Among them, the comparison method is to first smooth the data and compare the maximum values to obtain the position of the peak or trough; the derivative method is to first smooth the data and then perform first-order, second-order, and third-order derivation of the data. data; obtain the average value of the derivation data, set the threshold based on the average value, and then perform peak filtering; the CFAR algorithm refers to setting two window functions; perform window smoothing to obtain the optimized curve; obtain the average value of the data, and then perform peak filtering based on the average value Set the threshold and then perform peak screening; the symmetric zero area algorithm refers to selecting a simple symmetric zero area function as the change function; setting the window function according to the symmetric zero area; the net area of the peak is greater than the total area of the peak (the net area of the peak and the background When the standard deviation of the sum of areas) is several times greater, it is confirmed that the peak is a true peak. The linear fitting peak-finding algorithm refers to obtaining the linear function coefficients according to the least squares method; obtaining the fitting curve according to the fitting function; and calculating the corresponding peak height and peak width based on the fitting curve. Optionally, for the specific algorithm, please refer to the relevant description of S906 in Figure 11, which will not be described again here.
在本申请的实施例中,基于加速度传感器的数据可以检测是否存在波峰和波谷,即检测是否存在第一动作与第二动作(例如,两次翻转手腕)的数据;基于加速度传感器的数据可以确定波峰和波谷的位置信息;基于位置信息可以得到波峰与波谷对应的时间信息,从而确定第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值是否小于或者等于第一预设阈值;在时间差值满足第一预设阈值的情况下,对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备执行来电静音;即停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the data based on the acceleration sensor can be used to detect whether there are peaks and troughs, that is, whether there is data about the first action and the second action (for example, turning the wrist twice); based on the data based on the acceleration sensor, it can be determined The position information of the wave peak and the wave trough; based on the position information, the time information corresponding to the wave peak and the wave trough can be obtained, thereby determining whether the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold; in the time difference If the value satisfies the first preset threshold, mute the incoming call on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device; that is, stop part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
可选地,数据集合中可以包括多组数据,每组数据中包括帧的序号-波峰或者波谷的标识。Optionally, the data set may include multiple sets of data, each set of data including the sequence number of the frame - the identification of the peak or trough.
可选地,数据集合中可以包括多组数据,每组数据中包括帧的序号-波峰或者波谷的标识-幅度值大小。Optionally, the data set may include multiple sets of data, each set of data including the sequence number of the frame - the identification of the peak or trough - and the amplitude value.
例如,数据集合可以包括数据组1、数据组2、数据组3等;其中,数据组1可以为第0帧-flag4-0.5;数据组2可以为第2帧-flag2-1.5;第三组数据可以为第3帧-flag3-1.4;其中,flag2可以表示波峰;flag3可以表波谷;flag4可以表示非波峰、波谷。For example, the data set may include data group 1, data group 2, data group 3, etc.; among which, data group 1 may be the 0th frame - flag4-0.5; data group 2 may be the 2nd frame - flag2-1.5; and the third group The data can be frame 3-flag3-1.4; among them, flag2 can represent the peak; flag3 can represent the trough; flag4 can represent non-peak and trough.
示例性地,假设以顺时针方向为正方向,用户第一动作(例如,第一次翻转手腕)的方向为逆时针方向,第二动作(例如,第二次翻转手腕)的方向为顺时间方向,如图5所示;图5为加速度传感器采集的加速度信号的示意图,该示意图的横坐标可以表示帧的序号,纵坐标可以表示加速度信息的幅度值;通过寻峰算法可以确定A点为第一峰值,第一峰值对应用户第一动作的加速度信号最大值,曲线460表示第一动作的加速度信号曲线;B点为第二峰值,第二峰值对应用户第二动作的加速度信号最大值,曲线470表示第二动作的加速度信号曲线。For example, assuming that the clockwise direction is the positive direction, the direction of the user's first action (for example, flipping the wrist for the first time) is counterclockwise, and the direction of the second action (for example, flipping the wrist for the second time) is clockwise. direction, as shown in Figure 5; Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the acceleration signal collected by the acceleration sensor. The abscissa of the schematic diagram can represent the frame number, and the ordinate can represent the amplitude value of the acceleration information; point A can be determined through the peak-finding algorithm. The first peak value corresponds to the maximum value of the acceleration signal of the user's first action, and the curve 460 represents the acceleration signal curve of the first action; point B is the second peak value, and the second peak value corresponds to the maximum value of the acceleration signal of the user's second action. Curve 470 represents the acceleration signal curve of the second action.
可选地,基于寻峰算法对加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,包括: Optionally, the data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on a peak finding algorithm to obtain a data set, including:
通过神经网络模型对加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,神经网络模型用于运行寻峰算法。The data from the acceleration sensor are processed through the neural network model to obtain a data set, and the neural network model is used to run the peak-finding algorithm.
在本申请的实施例中,可以通过神经网络模型对加速度传感器的数据执行寻峰算法;其中,神经网络模型可以包括卷积神经网络;通过神经网络模型执行寻峰算法能够提高寻峰算法的运行效率;从而缩短第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备执行来电静音的等待时长。In the embodiments of the present application, the peak-finding algorithm can be performed on the data of the acceleration sensor through a neural network model; wherein the neural network model can include a convolutional neural network; executing the peak-finding algorithm through the neural network model can improve the operation of the peak-finding algorithm. Efficiency; thereby shortening the waiting time for the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device to mute incoming calls.
可选地,基于寻峰算法对加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,包括:Optionally, process the acceleration sensor data based on the peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set, including:
对加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,得到处理后的数据;Filter the acceleration sensor data to obtain processed data;
基于寻峰算法对处理后的数据进行处理,得到数据集合。The processed data is processed based on the peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set.
在本申请的实施例中,通过对获取的加速度传感器的数据进行滤波数据处理可以剔除掉部分噪声数据,从而确保加速度传感器的数据的准确性。In the embodiment of the present application, part of the noise data can be eliminated by performing filtering data processing on the acquired acceleration sensor data, thereby ensuring the accuracy of the acceleration sensor data.
可选地,对加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,得到处理后的数据,包括:Optionally, filter the acceleration sensor data to obtain processed data, including:
基于均值滤波器对加速度传感器的数据进行所述滤波处理,得到处理后的数据。The filtering process is performed on the data of the acceleration sensor based on a mean filter to obtain processed data.
在本申请的实施例中,可以采用均值滤波器进行滤波处理;由于均值滤波器对具有非周期运动的运动状态和周期运动的运动状态具有良好的抗噪性能;因此,通过采用均值滤波器对获取的加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,可以有效地减少数据中的噪声数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the mean filter can be used for filtering processing; because the mean filter has good anti-noise performance for motion states with non-periodic motion and periodic motion; therefore, by using the mean filter, Filtering the acquired acceleration sensor data can effectively reduce the noise in the data.
可选地,第一峰值的信息包括第一标识,第一标识为第一峰值对应的数据帧的标识;第二峰值的信息包括第二标识,第二标识为第二峰值对应的数据帧的标识,时间差值为基于第一标识和第二标识得到的时间差值。Optionally, the information about the first peak includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is the identifier of the data frame corresponding to the first peak; the information about the second peak includes a second identifier, and the second identifier is the identifier of the data frame corresponding to the second peak. The identifier and the time difference are the time differences obtained based on the first identifier and the second identifier.
示例性地,基于数据帧的标识可以得到第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间偏差。例如,假设1秒可以采集100帧数据,第一动作的数据对应的数据帧的标识为第20帧,第二动作对应的数据帧的标识为30帧,则第一动作和第二动作之间的时间间隔,即第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间偏差为(30-20)*(1/100)=0.1秒。For example, the time deviation between the first moment and the second moment can be obtained based on the identification of the data frame. For example, assuming that 100 frames of data can be collected in one second, the data frame corresponding to the first action is identified as the 20th frame, and the data frame corresponding to the second action is identified as the 30th frame, then the time between the first action and the second action The time interval, that is, the time deviation between the first moment and the second moment is (30-20)*(1/100)=0.1 seconds.
S440、若第一动作和第二动作符合预设动作,且第一动作的方向和第二动作的方向不同,确定第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息。S440. If the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different, determine that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset The threshold is used to stop part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
可选地,预设动作还可以包括翻转手腕、抬起手腕与落下手腕、伸出手腕与收回手腕、向前迈出一步、或者向后退回一步等具有用户意图指向性的动作。Optionally, the preset actions may also include turning the wrist, raising and lowering the wrist, extending and retracting the wrist, taking a step forward, or taking a step back, and other actions with the user's intended direction.
可选地,第一动作的方向与第二动作的方向可以相反。Optionally, the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action may be opposite.
在本申请的实施例中,第一动作的方向与第二动作的方向可以相反;用户在执行第一动作后,可以执行与第一动作方向相反的第二动作,使得用户的操作更加便捷,提高用户体验感。In the embodiment of the present application, the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action can be opposite; after performing the first action, the user can perform a second action opposite to the direction of the first action, making the user's operation more convenient. Improve user experience.
可选地,第一动作可以为顺时针方向翻转手腕的动作,第二动作可以为逆时针方向翻转手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为逆时针方向翻转手腕的动作,第二动作可以为顺时针方向翻转手腕的动作。Optionally, the first action may be an action of turning the wrist clockwise, and the second action may be an action of turning the wrist counterclockwise; or, the first action may be an action of turning the wrist counterclockwise, and the second action may be The movement of turning your wrist clockwise.
例如,如图6中的(a)所示为顺时针方向翻转手腕的动作;如图6中的(b)所示为逆时针方向翻转手腕的动作。For example, (a) in FIG. 6 shows an action of turning the wrist clockwise; (b) in FIG. 6 shows an action of turning the wrist counterclockwise.
可选地,第一动作可以为向上抬起手腕的动作,第二动作可以为向下落下手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为落下手腕的动作,第二动作可以为抬起手腕的动作。 Optionally, the first action may be an action of raising the wrist upward, and the second action may be an action of lowering the wrist downward; or, the first action may be an action of lowering the wrist, and the second action may be an action of raising the wrist. .
例如,如图6中的(c)所示为抬起手腕的动作;如图6中的(d)所示为向下落下手腕的动作。For example, (c) in FIG. 6 is an action of raising the wrist; and (d) in FIG. 6 is an action of lowering the wrist.
可选地,第一动作可以为向左移动手腕的动作,第二动作可以为向右移动手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为向右移动手腕的动作,第二动作可以为向左移动手腕的动作。Optionally, the first action may be an action of moving the wrist to the left, and the second action may be an action of moving the wrist to the right; or, the first action may be an action of moving the wrist to the right, and the second action may be an action of moving the wrist to the left. Wrist movements.
例如,如图6中的(e)所示为向左移动手腕的动作;如图6中的(f)所示为向右移动手腕的动作。For example, (e) in FIG. 6 is an action of moving the wrist to the left; (f) in FIG. 6 is an action of moving the wrist to the right.
可选地,第一动作可以为向左前方移动手腕的动作,第二动作可以为向右前方移动手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为向右前方移动手腕的动作,第二动作可以为向左前方移动手腕的动作。Optionally, the first action may be an action of moving the wrist forward to the left, and the second action may be an action of moving the wrist forward to the right; or, the first action may be an action of moving the wrist forward to the right, and the second action may be The movement of moving the wrist forward and to the left.
例如,如图6中的(g)所示,从C点至C1点的移动可以是指向左前方的移动;从C点至C2点的移动可以是指向右前方的移动。For example, as shown in (g) of FIG. 6 , the movement from point C to point C1 may be a movement toward the left front; the movement from point C to point C2 may be a movement toward the right front.
可选地,第一动作可以为伸出手腕的动作,第二动作可以为收回手腕的动作。Optionally, the first action may be an action of extending the wrist, and the second action may be an action of retracting the wrist.
可选地,第一动作可以为向左前方迈出一步,第二动作可以为退回原位置;或者,第一动作可以为向左前方迈出一步,第二动作可以为向右前方迈出一步。Optionally, the first action may be to take a step forward to the left, and the second action may be to return to the original position; or, the first action may be to take a step to the left front, and the second action may be to take a step to the right front. .
可选地,第一动作可以为向左后方退回一步,第二动作可以为返回原位置;或者,第一动作可以为向左后方退回一步,第二动作可以为向右后方退回一步。Optionally, the first action may be to take one step back to the left, and the second action may be to return to the original position; or, the first action may be to take one step back to the left, and the second action may be to take one step back to the right.
可选地,第一预设阈值可以为50ms。Optionally, the first preset threshold may be 50ms.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,确定第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息,包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation, it is determined that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, and incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device are stopped. Some or all of the prompt information, including:
确定第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,且第一加速度信号幅值与第二加速度信号幅值的比值满足第一范围,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息。After determining that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, and the ratio of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the second acceleration signal amplitude meets the first range, stop the first electronic device and /or part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the second electronic device.
可选地,第一范围可以为0.6~0.9。Optionally, the first range may be 0.6 to 0.9.
在本申请的实施例中,在第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值的情况下,还可以进一步判断第一动作的幅度与第二动作的幅度之间的比值是否满足第一范围,即确定第一加速度信号幅值与第二加速度信号幅值的幅度值的比值是否满足第一范围;在第一加速度信号幅值与第二加速度信号幅值的幅度值的比值满足第一范围时,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息,即对第一电子设备和/或可穿戴设备执行来电静音;在本申请的实施例中,由于在第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值满足第一预设阈值的情况下,还可以进一步对第一动作与第二动作的幅度的比值进行判断;因此,能够在一定程度上有效避免用户的误操作,从而提高来电静音的准确性。In the embodiment of the present application, when the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, it is possible to further determine the difference between the amplitude of the first action and the amplitude of the second action. Whether the ratio between the amplitude of the first acceleration signal and the amplitude of the second acceleration signal satisfies the first range, that is, it is determined whether the ratio of the amplitude of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the amplitude of the second acceleration signal meets the first range; When the ratio of the amplitude values meets the first range, stop part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device, that is, mute the incoming call on the first electronic device and/or the wearable device; in this application In the embodiment, since the time difference between the first moment and the second moment satisfies the first preset threshold, the ratio of the amplitudes of the first action and the second action can be further judged; Therefore, the user's misoperation can be effectively avoided to a certain extent, thereby improving the accuracy of muting incoming calls.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息,包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation, stopping part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的全部提示信息。Stop all prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
在本申请的实施例中,在对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备执行静音来电时,可以停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中的全部提示信息,使得第一电子设备和/或第 二电子设备不会对用户进行任何提醒,减少来电对用户的影响。In embodiments of the present application, when performing silent incoming calls on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device, all prompt information in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device may be stopped, so that the first electronic device and/or no. 2. The electronic device will not provide any reminder to the user to reduce the impact of incoming calls on the user.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的全部提示信息,包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation, stopping all prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
停止第一电子设备和第二电子设备中来电的全部提示信息。Stop all prompt messages for incoming calls in the first electronic device and the second electronic device.
在本申请的实施例中,在对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备执行静音来电时,可以停止第一电子设备和第二电子设备中来电的全部提示信息;从而在用户不方便接听电话的情况下,使得用户通过简单操作对第一电子设备和第二设备实现来电静音。In embodiments of the present application, when silencing an incoming call on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device, all prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and the second electronic device can be stopped; thus, it is inconvenient for the user to answer the call. In the case of a telephone, the user can mute the first electronic device and the second device through simple operations.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息,包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation, stopping part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分提示信息。Stop part of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分提示信息,包括:Optionally, in a possible implementation, stopping part of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
停止第一电子设备和第二电子设备中来电的部分提示信息。Stop some prompt messages for incoming calls in the first electronic device and the second electronic device.
可选地,提示信息包括响铃提示信息和/或振动提示信息。Optionally, the prompt information includes ring prompt information and/or vibration prompt information.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:Optionally, a possible implementation also includes:
显示第一界面;在第一界面中检测到第一操作,所述第一操作为指示开启来电静音的操作。A first interface is displayed; a first operation is detected in the first interface, wherein the first operation is an operation for instructing to turn on the mute function for incoming calls.
示例性地,第一界面可以是指电子设备中的设置显示界面;第一操作可以是指开启电子设备的设置界面中的来电静音的操作。例如,第一界面可以如图16中的(c)所示;第一操作可以为如图16中的(d)所示的点击操作。For example, the first interface may refer to a setting display interface in the electronic device; the first operation may refer to an operation of turning on incoming call muting in the setting interface of the electronic device. For example, the first interface may be as shown in (c) of Figure 16; the first operation may be a click operation as shown in (d) of Figure 16.
示例性地,第一界面可以是指可穿戴设备中的设置显示界面;第一操作可以是指开启可穿戴设备的设置界面中的来电静音的操作。例如,第一界面可以如图14中的(g)所示,第一操作可以为如图14中的(h)所示的点击操作。For example, the first interface may refer to a setting display interface in the wearable device; the first operation may refer to an operation of turning on incoming call muting in the setting interface of the wearable device. For example, the first interface may be as shown in (g) of Figure 14, and the first operation may be a click operation as shown in (h) of Figure 14.
在本申请的实施例中,通过获取可穿戴设备(例如,智能手环)中的加速度传感器的数据;基于可穿戴设备中加速度传感器的数据,可以得到与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值和与用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值;若第一动作和第二动作符合预设动作,即第一动作的姿态与第二动作的姿态符合预设动作的姿态,且第一动作的方向和第二动作的方向不同,确定第一加速度信号幅值对应的第一时刻与第二加速度信号幅值对应的第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值时,可以停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息;即可以对第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备实现来电静音功能;在本申请的实施例中,由于在检测用户的第一动作和第二动作时可穿戴设备无需处于固定位置;换而言之,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够适用于更多场景,用户在执行来电静音的相关操作时无需限制于可穿戴设备)的屏幕朝上且掌心的固定场景;因此,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够更加智能化的实现来电静音,使得用户能够更加便捷的执行来电静音的相关操作;提高用户体验感。In an embodiment of the present application, by obtaining data from an acceleration sensor in a wearable device (for example, a smart bracelet); based on data from an acceleration sensor in a wearable device, the first acceleration related to the user's first action can be obtained The signal amplitude and the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action; if the first action and the second action conform to the preset action, that is, the posture of the first action and the posture of the second action conform to the posture of the preset action , and the direction of the first action is different from the direction of the second action, it is determined that the time difference between the first time corresponding to the first acceleration signal amplitude and the second time corresponding to the second acceleration signal amplitude is less than or equal to the first When the threshold is preset, part or all of the prompt information for incoming calls in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device can be stopped; that is, the incoming call mute function can be implemented on the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device; in this application In the embodiment, since the wearable device does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the user's first action and the second action; in other words, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to more scenarios, and the user can When performing operations related to muting incoming calls, there is no need to be limited to a fixed scene with the screen of the wearable device facing up and the palm of the hand; therefore, the method for controlling muting of incoming calls provided by the embodiments of the present application can realize muting of incoming calls more intelligently, so that users can more Conveniently perform operations related to muting incoming calls; improve user experience.
图7是本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法的示意性流程图。该方法500可以由图1所示的电子设备或者由图2所示的可穿戴设备200执行;该方法500包括S510至S540,下面分别对S510至S540进行详细的描述。Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 500 may be executed by the electronic device shown in FIG. 1 or by the wearable device 200 shown in FIG. 2; the method 500 includes S510 to S540, and S510 to S540 will be described in detail below respectively.
S510、判断是否符合第一场景。 S510. Determine whether it meets the first scenario.
示例性地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的来电响铃和/来电振动的场景。For example, the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device rings and/or vibrates for an incoming call.
可选地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的视频通话响铃和/或视频通话振动的场景。Optionally, the first scene may refer to a scene in which the video call rings and/or the video call vibrates on the electronic device.
可选地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的闹钟响铃和/或闹钟振动的场景。Optionally, the first scene may refer to a scene in which an alarm clock of the electronic device rings and/or the alarm clock vibrates.
应理解,上述描述为对第一场景的举例说明;在第一场景中,电子设备处于响铃和/或振动,通过本申请实施例提供的方法可以实现电子设备的静音功能;静音功能可以是指电子设备停止响铃;或者,静音功能也可以是指电子设备停止响铃与振动;或者,静音功能可以是指电子设备停止振动;在实现电子设备的静音功能后,电子设备不会向用户发出任何提醒;或者对用户进行任何提示。It should be understood that the above description is an illustration of the first scenario; in the first scenario, the electronic device is ringing and/or vibrating, and the mute function of the electronic device can be implemented through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the mute function can be It means that the electronic device stops ringing; or, the mute function can also mean that the electronic device stops ringing and vibrating; or, the mute function can mean that the electronic device stops vibrating; after realizing the mute function of the electronic device, the electronic device will not report to the user Issue any reminder; or provide any prompt to the user.
S520、在符合第一场景的情况下,获取可穿戴设备中加速度传感器采集的数据。S520. Under the condition that the first scenario is met, obtain the data collected by the acceleration sensor in the wearable device.
示例性地,在电子设备处于来电响铃的场景;或者,在电子设备处于来电响铃和来电振动的场景中;或者,在电子设备处于来电振动的场景中,可以获取可穿戴设备中加速度传感器采集的数据。For example, in a scenario where the electronic device is ringing for an incoming call; or, in a scenario where the electronic device is ringing and vibrating for an incoming call; or, in a scenario where the electronic device is vibrating for an incoming call, the acceleration sensor in the wearable device can be obtained collected data.
可选地,第一场景还可以为闹钟场景或者视频通过场景;具体描述参见S510,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the first scene may also be an alarm clock scene or a video passing scene; for detailed description, see S510, which will not be described again here.
S530、基于加速度传感器采集的数据,得到标签值。S530: Obtain the tag value based on the data collected by the acceleration sensor.
示例性地,获取加速度传感器采集的数据;对加速度传感器采集的数据进行处理,得到标签值;可选地,对加速度传感器的数据进行处理的具体实现方法可以参见后续图11、图12或者图13所示,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the data collected by the acceleration sensor is obtained; the data collected by the acceleration sensor is processed to obtain the tag value; optionally, the specific implementation method of processing the data of the acceleration sensor can be seen in the following Figure 11, Figure 12 or Figure 13 shown and will not be described again here.
S540、基于标签值指示可穿戴设备和/或电子设备执行相应的功能。S540: Instruct the wearable device and/or the electronic device to execute a corresponding function based on the tag value.
示例性地,基于加速度传感器的采集的数据得到的标签值可以为1;或者,基于加速度传感器的采集的数据得到的标签值可以为0;当标签值为1时,该标签值可以用于指示可穿戴设备和/或电子设备执行来电静音功能;当标签值为0时,该标签值可以用于指示可穿戴设备和/或电子设备不执行来电静音功能。For example, the tag value obtained based on the data collected by the acceleration sensor may be 1; or, the tag value obtained based on the data collected by the acceleration sensor may be 0; when the tag value is 1, the tag value may be used to indicate The wearable device and/or electronic device performs the incoming call muting function; when the tag value is 0, the tag value can be used to indicate that the wearable device and/or the electronic device does not perform the incoming call muting function.
可选地,可以单独控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音功能;或者,可以整体控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音功能。Optionally, the electronic device and the wearable device can be controlled individually to perform the incoming call muting function; or the electronic device and the wearable device can be collectively controlled to perform the incoming call muting function.
在一个示例中,可以单独控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音功能;在电子设备来电时,电子设备可以响铃、振动或者响铃和振动;在标签值为1且电子设备为响铃的情况下,可以指示电子设备停止响铃,实现来电静音;或者,在标签值为1且电子设备为振动的情况下,可以指示电子设备停止振动,实现来电静音;或者,在标签值为1且电子设备为响铃和振动的情况下,可以指示电子设备停止响铃和振动,实现来电静音。In one example, the electronic device and the wearable device can be controlled separately to perform the incoming call muting function; when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device can ring, vibrate, or ring and vibrate; when the tag value is 1 and the electronic device is ringing In this case, you can instruct the electronic device to stop ringing to silence incoming calls; or, when the tag value is 1 and the electronic device is vibrating, you can instruct the electronic device to stop vibrating to silence incoming calls; or, when the tag value is 1 and the electronic device vibrates, When the electronic device is ringing and vibrating, the electronic device can be instructed to stop ringing and vibrating to silence incoming calls.
可选地,在单独控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音功能时,基于标签值电子设备可以实现来电静音;此时,可穿戴设备可以处于响铃和/或振动中的任意一种状态;本申请对此不作任何限定。Optionally, when the electronic device and the wearable device are separately controlled to perform the incoming call muting function, the electronic device can mute the incoming call based on the tag value; at this time, the wearable device can be in any state of ringing and/or vibrating; This application does not make any limitation on this.
在一个示例中,可以整体控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音功能;在电子设备来电时,电子设备可以响铃、振动或者响铃和振动;可穿戴设备也可以为响铃、振动或者响铃和振动;在标签值为1时,可以使得电子设备和可穿戴设备停止发出任何提示信息。In one example, the electronic device and the wearable device can be collectively controlled to perform the incoming call muting function; when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device can ring, vibrate, or both ring and vibrate; the wearable device can also ring, vibrate, or ring. Bell and vibration; when the tag value is 1, it can cause electronic devices and wearable devices to stop sending any prompt information.
例如,若电子设备来电时,电子设备处于响铃和振动,可穿戴设备也处于响铃和 振动,在标签值为1时,电子设备和可穿戴设备可以均停止响铃和振动,实现来电静音功能。For example, when an electronic device receives a call, the electronic device is ringing and vibrating, and the wearable device is also ringing and vibrating. Vibration, when the tag value is 1, electronic devices and wearable devices can both stop ringing and vibrating, realizing the function of silencing incoming calls.
例如,在电子设备来电时,电子设备和可穿戴设备均为响铃状态,在基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到的标签值为1时,电子设备和可穿戴设备可以均停止响铃且不挂断电话,实现来电静音功能。For example, when the electronic device receives a call, both the electronic device and the wearable device are in the ringing state. When the tag value obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor of the wearable device is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device can both stop ringing and Silence incoming calls without hanging up the phone.
例如,在电子设备来电时,电子设备和可穿戴设备均会响铃和振动,在基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到的标签值为1时,电子设备和可穿戴设备均停止响铃和振动且不挂断电话,实现来电静音功能。For example, when the electronic device receives a call, both the electronic device and the wearable device will ring and vibrate. When the tag value based on the data of the wearable device's acceleration sensor is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device will both stop ringing and vibrating. Vibrates without hanging up the phone, achieving silent function for incoming calls.
例如,在电子设备来电时,电子设备会响铃且可穿戴设备会振动,在基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到的标签值为1时,电子设备可以停止响铃且可穿戴设备可以通知振动并且不挂断电话,实现来电静音功能。For example, when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device will ring and the wearable device will vibrate. When the tag value based on the data of the wearable device's acceleration sensor is 1, the electronic device can stop ringing and the wearable device can notify Vibrates and does not hang up the phone, achieving the function of muting incoming calls.
应理解,上述以标签值为1或者标签值为0进行举例说明;本申请对标签值的具体数值大小不作任何限定。It should be understood that the above examples are based on the tag value being 1 or the tag value being 0; this application does not place any limit on the specific numerical value of the tag value.
可选地,上述S510至S540是以第一场景为来电场景,对来电静音进行了举例说明;图7所示的方法同样适用于静音视频通话来电,或者静音闹钟等场景;本申请对此不作任何限定。Optionally, the above-mentioned S510 to S540 take the first scene as the incoming call scene, and illustrate the muting of the incoming call; the method shown in Figure 7 is also applicable to the scene of muting the incoming video call, or muting the alarm clock; this application does not do this Any limitations.
在本申请的实施例中,在确定电子设备或者可穿戴设备当前状态符合第一场景的情况下,可以基于可穿戴设备中加速度传感器的数据得到标签值;基于标签值可以使得电子设备和/或可穿戴设备执行标签值对应的相应操作。In the embodiment of the present application, when it is determined that the current status of the electronic device or wearable device meets the first scenario, the tag value can be obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor in the wearable device; based on the tag value, the electronic device and/or The wearable device performs the corresponding operation corresponding to the tag value.
可选地,图7所示的S510至S540可以是在电子设备中执行的;或者,也可以是指在可穿戴设备中执行的;或者,S510至S540中部分在电子设备中执行且部分在可穿戴设备中执行,下面以来电场景进行举例说明,分别对不同情况分别进行详细描述。Optionally, S510 to S540 shown in Figure 7 may be executed in the electronic device; or, it may also refer to being executed in the wearable device; or, part of S510 to S540 may be executed in the electronic device and part in Executed in wearable devices, the following is an example of a phone call scenario, and different situations are described in detail.
情况一:电子设备可以基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到标签值,电子设备确定电子设备和/或可穿戴设备执行标签值对应的功能(例如,是否执行来电静音)。Scenario 1: The electronic device can obtain the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor of the wearable device, and the electronic device determines that the electronic device and/or the wearable device performs the function corresponding to the tag value (for example, whether to mute incoming calls).
图8是本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法的交互性流程图。该方法600包括S610至S640,下面分别对S610至S640进行详细的描述。Figure 8 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 600 includes S610 to S640, and S610 to S640 are described in detail below respectively.
应理解,图8所示的电子设备可以为如图1或者图2所示的电子设备100;或者,如图4所示的第一电子设备;图8所示的可穿戴设备可以为如图2所示的可穿戴设备200,或者,如图4所示的第二电子设备。It should be understood that the electronic device shown in Figure 8 can be the electronic device 100 shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2; or the first electronic device shown in Figure 4; the wearable device shown in Figure 8 can be the electronic device 100 shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2; The wearable device 200 shown in Figure 2, or the second electronic device shown in Figure 4.
S610、电子设备确定符合第一场景。S610: The electronic device determines that a first scenario is met.
示例性地,电子设备确定电子设备的当前状态符合第一场景。Illustratively, the electronic device determines that the current state of the electronic device complies with the first scenario.
示例性地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的来电响铃和/来电振动的场景。For example, the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device rings and/or vibrates for an incoming call.
可选地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的视频来电响铃和/或视频来电振动的场景。Optionally, the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device rings for an incoming video call and/or vibrates for an incoming video call.
可选地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的闹钟响铃和/或闹钟振动的场景。Optionally, the first scene may refer to a scene in which an alarm clock of the electronic device rings and/or the alarm clock vibrates.
应理解,上述描述为对第一场景的举例说明;在第一场景中,电子设备处于响铃和/或振动,通过本申请实施例提供的方法可以实现电子设备的静音功能;静音功能可以是指电子设备停止响铃;或者,静音功能也可以是指电子设备停止响铃与振动;或者,静音功能可以是指电子设备停止振动;在实现电子设备的静音功能后,电子设备不会向用户发出任何提醒;或者对用户进行任何干扰。 It should be understood that the above description is an illustration of the first scenario; in the first scenario, the electronic device is ringing and/or vibrating, and the mute function of the electronic device can be implemented through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the mute function can be It means that the electronic device stops ringing; or, the mute function can also mean that the electronic device stops ringing and vibrating; or, the mute function can mean that the electronic device stops vibrating; after realizing the mute function of the electronic device, the electronic device will not report to the user Issue any reminder; or cause any interference to the user.
S620、电子设备获取可穿戴设备中加速度传感器的数据。S620. The electronic device obtains data from the acceleration sensor in the wearable device.
示例性地,电子设备可以向可穿戴设备发送数据上报指令;可穿戴设备可以向电子设备发送加速度传感器实时采集的数据。For example, the electronic device can send a data reporting instruction to the wearable device; the wearable device can send the data collected by the acceleration sensor in real time to the electronic device.
S630、电子设备基于数据得到标签值。S630. The electronic device obtains the tag value based on the data.
示例性地,电子设备可以获取加速度传感器采集的数据;对加速度传感器采集的数据进行处理,得到标签值;可选地,对加速度传感器的数据进行处理的具体实现方法可以参见后续图11、图12或者图13所示,此处不再赘述。For example, the electronic device can obtain the data collected by the acceleration sensor; process the data collected by the acceleration sensor to obtain the tag value; optionally, the specific implementation method of processing the data of the acceleration sensor can be seen in the following Figures 11 and 12 Or as shown in Figure 13, which will not be described again here.
S640、电子设备基于标签值确定电子设备和/或可穿戴设备执行相应的操作。S640. The electronic device determines that the electronic device and/or the wearable device performs corresponding operations based on the tag value.
可选地,电子设备可以基于标签值确定电子设备执行来电静音;或者,电子设备可以基于标签值确定可穿戴设备执行来电静音;或者,电子设备基于标签值确定电子设备和可穿戴设备均执行来电静音。Optionally, the electronic device can determine based on the tag value that the electronic device performs muting on incoming calls; or the electronic device can determine based on the tag value that the wearable device performs muting on incoming calls; or the electronic device determines based on the tag value that both the electronic device and the wearable device perform on-call muting. mute.
可选地,具体实现方式可以参见图4或图7所示的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the specific implementation method can refer to the relevant description shown in Figure 4 or Figure 7, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请的实施例中,电子设备在确定电子设备符合第一场景的情况下,电子设备可以获取可穿戴设备中加速度传感器的数据,基于加速度传感器的数据得到标签值;基于标签值确定是否对电子设备和/或可穿戴设备执行相应的操作。In the embodiment of the present application, when the electronic device determines that the electronic device complies with the first scenario, the electronic device can obtain the data of the acceleration sensor in the wearable device, obtain the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor, and determine whether the tag value is correct based on the tag value. The electronic device and/or wearable device performs corresponding operations.
情况二:电子设备可以基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到标签值,电子设备执行标签值对应的功能;电子设备可以向可穿戴设备发送标签值,可穿戴设备基于标签值确定是否执行标签值对应的功能(例如,是否执行来电静音)。Scenario 2: The electronic device can obtain the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor of the wearable device, and the electronic device performs the function corresponding to the tag value; the electronic device can send the tag value to the wearable device, and the wearable device determines whether to execute the tag value based on the tag value. The corresponding function (for example, whether to mute incoming calls).
图9是本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法的交互性流程图。该方法700包括S710至S760,下面分别对S710至S760进行详细的描述。Figure 9 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 700 includes S710 to S760, and S710 to S760 are described in detail below respectively.
应理解,图9所示的电子设备可以为如图1或者图2所示的电子设备100;或者,如图4所示的第一电子设备;图8所示的可穿戴设备可以为如图2所示的可穿戴设备200,或者,如图4所示的第二电子设备。It should be understood that the electronic device shown in Figure 9 can be the electronic device 100 shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2; or the first electronic device shown in Figure 4; the wearable device shown in Figure 8 can be the electronic device 100 shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2; The wearable device 200 shown in Figure 2, or the second electronic device shown in Figure 4.
S710、电子设备确定符合第一场景。S710. The electronic device is determined to comply with the first scenario.
示例性地,电子设备确定电子设备的当前状态符合第一场景。Exemplarily, the electronic device determines that the current state of the electronic device conforms to the first scenario.
示例性地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的来电响铃和/来电振动的场景。For example, the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device rings and/or vibrates for an incoming call.
可选地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的视频来电响铃和/或视频来电振动的场景。Optionally, the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device is ringing and/or vibrating due to an incoming video call.
可选地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的闹钟响铃和/或闹钟振动的场景。Optionally, the first scene may refer to a scene in which an alarm clock of the electronic device rings and/or the alarm clock vibrates.
应理解,上述描述为对第一场景的举例说明;在第一场景中,电子设备处于响铃和/或振动,通过本申请实施例提供的方法可以实现电子设备的静音功能;静音功能可以是指电子设备停止响铃;或者,静音功能也可以是指电子设备停止响铃与振动;或者,静音功能可以是指电子设备停止振动;在实现电子设备的静音功能后,电子设备不会向用户发出任何提醒;或者对用户进行任何干扰。It should be understood that the above description is an illustration of the first scenario; in the first scenario, the electronic device is ringing and/or vibrating, and the mute function of the electronic device can be implemented through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the mute function can be It means that the electronic device stops ringing; or, the mute function can also mean that the electronic device stops ringing and vibrating; or, the mute function can mean that the electronic device stops vibrating; after realizing the mute function of the electronic device, the electronic device will not report to the user Issue any reminder; or cause any interference to the user.
S720、电子设备获取可穿戴设备中加速度传感器的数据。S720. The electronic device obtains data from the acceleration sensor in the wearable device.
示例性地,电子设备可以向可穿戴设备发送数据上报指令;可穿戴设备可以向电子设备发送加速度传感器实时采集的数据。For example, the electronic device can send a data reporting instruction to the wearable device; the wearable device can send the data collected by the acceleration sensor in real time to the electronic device.
S730、电子设备基于数据得到标签值。S730. The electronic device obtains the tag value based on the data.
示例性地,电子设备可以获取加速度传感器采集的数据;对加速度传感器采集的数据进行处理,得到标签值;可选地,对加速度传感器的数据进行处理的具体实现方 法可以参见后续图11、图12或者图13所示,此处不再赘述。For example, the electronic device can obtain the data collected by the acceleration sensor; process the data collected by the acceleration sensor to obtain the tag value; optionally, a specific implementation method for processing the data of the acceleration sensor. The method can be seen in the subsequent Figure 11, Figure 12 or Figure 13, and will not be described again here.
S740、电子设备执行标签值对应的操作。S740. The electronic device performs the operation corresponding to the tag value.
可选地,以来电场景为例,电子设备可以基于标签值可以执行来电静音;或者,电子设备基于标签值可以执行来电未静音。Optionally, taking the call scenario as an example, the electronic device can perform muting of incoming calls based on the tag value; or, the electronic device can perform unmuting of incoming calls based on the tag value.
S750、电子设备向可穿戴设备发送标签值。S750. The electronic device sends the tag value to the wearable device.
可选地,S740与S750可以是同时执行的;或者,也可以是先执行S750,再执行S740;本申请对此不作任何限定。Optionally, S740 and S750 may be executed at the same time; or, S750 may be executed first and then S740; this application does not impose any limitation on this.
S760、可穿戴设备基于标签值确定是否执行相应的操作。S760. The wearable device determines whether to perform the corresponding operation based on the tag value.
可选地,具体实现方式可以参见图4或者图7所示的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Optionally, for specific implementation methods, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 , which will not be described again here.
在本申请的实施例中,电子设备在确定电子设备符合第一场景的情况下,电子设备可以获取可穿戴设备中加速度传感器的数据,基于加速度传感器的数据得到标签值;电子设备可以基于标签值执行相应的操作,并向可穿戴设备发送标签值;可穿戴设备可以基于标签值确定是否执行相应的操作。In the embodiment of the present application, when the electronic device determines that the electronic device complies with the first scenario, the electronic device can obtain the data of the acceleration sensor in the wearable device and obtain the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor; the electronic device can obtain the tag value based on the tag value. Perform the corresponding operation and send the tag value to the wearable device; the wearable device can determine whether to perform the corresponding operation based on the tag value.
情况三:可穿戴设备可以基于加速度传感器中的数据得到标签值,可穿戴设备基于标签值执行标签值对应的功能;可穿戴电子设备向电子设备发送标签值,电子设备基于标签值确定是否执行相应的操作(例如,是否执行来电静音)。Scenario 3: The wearable device can obtain the tag value based on the data in the acceleration sensor, and the wearable device performs the function corresponding to the tag value based on the tag value; the wearable electronic device sends the tag value to the electronic device, and the electronic device determines whether to perform the corresponding function based on the tag value. operation (for example, whether to mute incoming calls).
图10是本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法的交互性流程图。该方法800包括S810至S860,下面分别对S810至S860进行详细的描述。Figure 10 is an interactive flow chart of a method for controlling incoming call muting provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 800 includes S810 to S860, and S810 to S860 are described in detail below respectively.
应理解,图10所示的电子设备可以为如图1或者图2所示的电子设备100;或者,如图4所示的第一电子设备;图8所示的可穿戴设备可以为如图2所示的可穿戴设备200,或者,如图4所示的第二电子设备。It should be understood that the electronic device shown in FIG. 10 may be the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 or 2; or the first electronic device shown in FIG. 4; and the wearable device shown in FIG. 8 may be the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. The wearable device 200 shown in Figure 2, or the second electronic device shown in Figure 4.
S810、可穿戴设备确定符合第一场景。S810. The wearable device is determined to comply with the first scenario.
示例性地,可穿戴设备可以确定电子设备的当前状态符合第一场景。For example, the wearable device may determine that the current state of the electronic device complies with the first scenario.
示例性地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的来电响铃和/来电振动的场景。For example, the first scene may refer to a scene in which the electronic device rings and/or vibrates for an incoming call.
可选地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的视频通话响铃和/或视频通话振动的场景。Optionally, the first scene may refer to a scene in which the video call rings and/or the video call vibrates on the electronic device.
可选地,第一场景可以是指电子设备的闹钟响铃和/或闹钟振动的场景。Optionally, the first scene may refer to a scene in which an alarm clock of the electronic device rings and/or the alarm clock vibrates.
应理解,上述描述为对第一场景的举例说明;在第一场景中,电子设备处于响铃和/或振动,通过本申请实施例提供的方法可以实现电子设备的静音功能;静音功能可以是指电子设备停止响铃;或者,静音功能也可以是指电子设备停止响铃与振动;或者,静音功能可以是指电子设备停止振动;在实现电子设备的静音功能后,电子设备不会向用户发出任何提醒;或者对用户进行任何干扰。It should be understood that the above description is an illustration of the first scenario; in the first scenario, the electronic device is ringing and/or vibrating, and the mute function of the electronic device can be implemented through the method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the mute function can be It means that the electronic device stops ringing; or, the mute function can also mean that the electronic device stops ringing and vibrating; or, the mute function can mean that the electronic device stops vibrating; after realizing the mute function of the electronic device, the electronic device will not report to the user Issue any reminder; or cause any interference to the user.
可选地,在一种可能的实现方式中,S810可以是指可穿戴设备可以确定可穿戴设备的当前状态符合第一场景。Optionally, in a possible implementation, S810 may mean that the wearable device may determine that the current state of the wearable device complies with the first scenario.
S820、可穿戴设备获取加速度传感器的数据。S820. The wearable device obtains data from the acceleration sensor.
示例性地,电子设备可以向可穿戴设备发送数据上报指令;可穿戴设备可以向电子设备发送加速度传感器实时采集的数据。For example, the electronic device can send a data reporting instruction to the wearable device; the wearable device can send the data collected by the acceleration sensor in real time to the electronic device.
S830、可穿戴设备基于数据得到标签值。S830. The wearable device obtains the tag value based on the data.
示例性地,可穿戴设备可以获取加速度传感器采集的数据;对加速度传感器采集的数据进行处理,得到标签值;可选地,对加速度传感器的数据进行处理的具体实现 方法可以参见后续图11、图12或者图13所示,此处不再赘述。For example, the wearable device can obtain the data collected by the acceleration sensor; process the data collected by the acceleration sensor to obtain the tag value; optionally, a specific implementation of processing the data of the acceleration sensor The method can be seen in the subsequent Figure 11, Figure 12 or Figure 13, and will not be described again here.
S840、可穿戴设备执行标签值的相应操作。S840: The wearable device executes an operation corresponding to the tag value.
可选地,以来电场景为例,可穿戴设备可以基于标签值可以执行来电静音;或者,可穿戴设备基于标签值可以执行来电未静音。Optionally, taking the call scenario as an example, the wearable device can perform muting of incoming calls based on the tag value; or, the wearable device can perform unmuting of incoming calls based on the tag value.
S850、可穿戴设备向电子设备发送标签值。S850. The wearable device sends the tag value to the electronic device.
可选地,S840与S850可以是同时执行的;或者,也可以是先执行S850,再执行S840;本申请对此不作任何限定。Optionally, S840 and S850 may be executed at the same time; or, S850 may be executed first and then S840; this application does not impose any limitation on this.
S860、电子设备基于标签值确定是否执行相应的操作。S860. The electronic device determines whether to perform the corresponding operation based on the tag value.
可选地,具体实现方式可以参见图4或者图7所示的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Optionally, for specific implementation methods, please refer to the relevant description shown in Figure 4 or Figure 7 , which will not be described again here.
可选地,在图10中所示的方法800中,对于S840至S860而言,可以执行S840至S860中的部分或者全部;例如,可以执行S840至S860,或者,执行S840与S840,或者,执行S850与S860,或者只执行S840。Optionally, in the method 800 shown in Figure 10, for S840 to S860, part or all of S840 to S860 may be executed; for example, S840 to S860 may be executed, or S840 and S840 may be executed, or, Execute S850 and S860, or only S840.
在本申请的实施例中,可穿戴设备在确定电子设备符合第一场景的情况下,可穿戴设备可以获取可穿戴设备中加速度传感器的数据;基于加速度传感器的数据得到标签值;可穿戴设备可以基于标签值执行相应的操作,并向电子设备发送标签值;电子设备可以基于标签值确定是否执行相应的操作。In the embodiment of this application, when the wearable device determines that the electronic device complies with the first scenario, the wearable device can obtain the data of the acceleration sensor in the wearable device; obtain the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor; the wearable device can Perform a corresponding operation based on the tag value, and send the tag value to the electronic device; the electronic device can determine whether to perform the corresponding operation based on the tag value.
下面结合图11至图13对基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到标签值的算法进行详细描述。The algorithm for obtaining the tag value based on the data of the acceleration sensor of the wearable device will be described in detail below with reference to Figures 11 to 13.
应理解,在图11至图13所示的实施例中,以用户的第一动作为第一次转动手腕,用户的第二动作为第二次转动手腕为例进行举例描述;转动手腕可以是指翻转手腕,在本申请的实施例中转动手腕与翻转手腕可以表示相同含义。It should be understood that in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 11 to 13 , the user's first action is to turn the wrist for the first time, and the user's second action is to turn the wrist for the second time. The turning of the wrist may be Refers to turning the wrist. In the embodiment of the present application, turning the wrist and turning the wrist may have the same meaning.
可选地,第一动作可以为向上抬起手腕的动作,第二动作可以为向下落下手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为落下手腕的动作,第二动作可以为抬起手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为向左移动手腕的动作,第二动作可以为向右移动手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为向右移动手腕的动作,第二动作可以为向左移动手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为向左前方移动手腕的动作,第二动作可以为向右前方移动手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为向右前方移动手腕的动作,第二动作可以为向左前方移动手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为伸出手腕的动作,第二动作可以为收回手腕的动作;或者,第一动作可以为向左前方迈出一步,第二动作可以为退回原位置;或者,第一动作可以为向左前方迈出一步,第二动作可以为向右前方迈出一步;或者,第一动作可以为向左后方退回一步,第二动作可以为返回原位置;或者,第一动作可以为向左后方退回一步,第二动作可以为向右后方退回一步。Optionally, the first action may be an action of raising the wrist upward, and the second action may be an action of lowering the wrist downward; or, the first action may be an action of lowering the wrist, and the second action may be an action of raising the wrist. ; Alternatively, the first action may be an action of moving the wrist to the left, and the second action may be an action of moving the wrist to the right; or, the first action may be an action of moving the wrist to the right, and the second action may be an action of moving the wrist to the left. action; or, the first action can be an action of moving the wrist forward to the left, and the second action can be an action of moving the wrist forward to the right; or, the first action can be an action of moving the wrist forward to the right, and the second action can be It is the action of moving the wrist forward to the left; or the first action can be the action of extending the wrist, and the second action can be the action of retracting the wrist; or the first action can be taking a step forward to the left, and the second action can be To return to the original position; or, the first action can be to take a step forward to the left, and the second action can be to take a step forward to the right; or, the first action can be to take a step back to the left, and the second action can be to return. original position; alternatively, the first action can be a step back to the left, and the second action can be a step back to the right.
图11是本申请实施例提供的基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到标签值的方法的示意性流程图。该方法900包括S901至S914,下面分别对S901至S914进行详细的描述。Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of a method for obtaining a tag value based on data from an acceleration sensor of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 900 includes S901 to S914, and S901 to S914 are described in detail below.
S901、对存储数据进行初始化。S901. Initialize the stored data.
示例性地,对数据进行初始化可以是清空电子设备中的缓存数据;或者,对数据进行初始化可以是指清空加速度传感器中的数。For example, initializing data may mean clearing cached data in an electronic device; or initializing data may mean clearing data in an acceleration sensor.
S902、采集加速度传感器的数据。 S902. Collect data from the acceleration sensor.
S903、判断采集的数据是否满足采集时长;若满足采集时长,则执行S904;若不满足采集时长,则返回执行S905。S903. Determine whether the collected data meets the collection duration; if it meets the collection duration, perform S904; if it does not meet the collection duration, return to S905.
应理解,在获取加速度传感器的数据时,确保满足采集时长是为了获取一段时间内的加速度传感器的数据,从而避免由于采集时间过短无法获取用户多次转动手腕的数据;通过采集一段时间内的加速度传感器的数据,有利于提高输出标签值的准确性。It should be understood that when obtaining data from the acceleration sensor, ensuring that the collection time is met is to obtain data from the acceleration sensor within a period of time, so as to avoid being unable to obtain data from the user's multiple wrist movements due to too short a collection time; by collecting data within a period of time The data from the acceleration sensor is helpful to improve the accuracy of the output label value.
S904、对数据进行滤波处理,得到处理后的数据。S904. Filter the data to obtain processed data.
应理解,对数据进行滤波数据处理是为了对采集的数据进行平滑处理;剔除掉部分噪声数据,从而确保加速度传感器数据的准确性。It should be understood that the purpose of filtering data is to smooth the collected data and remove some noise data to ensure the accuracy of the acceleration sensor data.
S905、持续采集数据。S905. Continuously collect data.
示例性地,持续采集数据,直至获取加速度传感器的数据的时长大于或者等于采集时长。For example, data collection is continued until the time for obtaining data from the acceleration sensor is greater than or equal to the collection time.
S906、通过AI算法对处理后的数据进行处理,得到数据集合。S906. Process the processed data through the AI algorithm to obtain a data set.
示例性地,数据集合中包括时间信息(例如,帧数)、波峰的标识或者波谷的标识。For example, the data set includes time information (eg, frame number), identification of wave peaks or identification of wave troughs.
可选地,数据集合中还可以包括幅度值。Optionally, amplitude values can also be included in the data set.
可选地,通过AI寻峰算法识别到加速度传感器的数据中的波峰和波谷,同时记录波峰和波谷的帧的序号(位置);其中,AI寻峰算法可以是指基于神经网络模型运行寻峰算法。Optionally, identify the peaks and troughs in the acceleration sensor data through the AI peak-finding algorithm, and record the frame numbers (positions) of the peaks and troughs at the same time; where the AI peak-finding algorithm can refer to running the peak-finding algorithm based on the neural network model. algorithm.
示例性地,寻峰算法是指寻找一组信号中的波峰或者波谷的位置的信号。For example, the peak-finding algorithm refers to finding the position of a peak or a trough in a set of signals.
可选地,寻峰算法可以包括但不限于:比较法、导数法、恒虚警率(Constant False-Alarm Rate,CFAR)算法、对称零面积算法、线性拟合寻峰算法等。Optionally, the peak-finding algorithm may include but is not limited to: comparison method, derivative method, constant false alarm rate (Constant False-Alarm Rate, CFAR) algorithm, symmetric zero-area algorithm, linear fitting peak-finding algorithm, etc.
其中,比较法是通过先对数据进行平滑处理,进行最大值比较得出波峰或者波谷的位置;导数法是通过先对数据进行平滑处理;再对数据进行一阶、二阶、三阶求导数据;获取求导数据的平均值,根据平均值设置门限,然后进行峰值筛选;CFAR算法是指设置两个窗函数;进行窗平滑处理得到优化后曲线;求取数据的平均值,根据平均值设置门限,然后进行峰值筛选;对称零面积算法是指通过选择对称零面积简单函数作为变化函数;按照对称零面积设置窗函数;峰的净面积比峰的总面积(峰的净面积和本底面积之和)的标准偏差大若干倍时,确认该峰是一个真峰。线性拟合寻峰算法是指按照最小二乘法得到线性函数系数;根据拟合函数得到拟合曲线;基于拟合曲线计算相应的峰高和峰宽。Among them, the comparison method is to smooth the data first, and then compare the maximum value to get the position of the peak or trough; the derivative method is to smooth the data first; then perform first-order, second-order, and third-order derivatives on the data; obtain the average value of the derivative data, set the threshold according to the average value, and then perform peak screening; the CFAR algorithm refers to setting two window functions; performing window smoothing to obtain the optimized curve; obtaining the average value of the data, setting the threshold according to the average value, and then performing peak screening; the symmetric zero area algorithm refers to selecting a symmetric zero area simple function as a variation function; setting the window function according to the symmetric zero area; when the net area of the peak is several times larger than the standard deviation of the total area of the peak (the sum of the net area of the peak and the background area), confirm that the peak is a true peak. The linear fitting peak search algorithm refers to obtaining the linear function coefficient according to the least squares method; obtaining the fitting curve according to the fitting function; and calculating the corresponding peak height and peak width based on the fitting curve.
应理解,上述为对寻峰算法的举例说明;本申请中的寻峰算法可以是指现有技术中的任意一种寻峰算法,本申请对此不作任何限定。It should be understood that the above is an example of the peak-finding algorithm; the peak-finding algorithm in this application may refer to any peak-finding algorithm in the prior art, and this application does not impose any limitation on this.
S907、存储数据集合。S907: Store the data set.
示例性地,可以将数据集合存储至缓存数据中;存储的数据集合是为了在后续判断数据集合中是否包括第一次转动手腕的数据与第二次转动手腕的数据;在数据集合中包括两次转动的数据的情况下,进一步判断两次转动的数据是否满足时间差值。For example, the data set can be stored in cache data; the stored data set is used to subsequently determine whether the data set includes the data of the first rotation of the wrist and the data of the second rotation of the wrist; the data set includes two In the case of data of two rotations, it is further judged whether the data of two rotations satisfies the time difference.
应理解,在本申请的实施例中,第一次转动手腕可以是指第一次转动手腕,第二次转动手腕可以是指第二次翻转手腕;转动手腕可以是指翻转手腕的含义相同。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, rotating the wrist for the first time may refer to rotating the wrist for the first time, and rotating the wrist for the second time may refer to flipping the wrist for the second time; rotating the wrist may refer to flipping the wrist, which has the same meaning.
例如,数据集合中可以包括多组数据,每组数据中包括帧的序号-波峰或者波谷的标识;例如,数据集合可以包括数据组1、数据组2、数据组3等;其中,数据组1可以为第1帧-flag2;数据组2可以为第2帧-flag4;第三组数据可以为第3帧-flag3;其中,flag2可以 表示波峰;flag3可以表波谷;flag4可以表示非波峰、波谷。For example, the data set may include multiple groups of data, and each group of data includes the sequence number of the frame - the identification of the peak or trough; for example, the data set may include data group 1, data group 2, data group 3, etc.; wherein, data group 1 It can be the 1st frame - flag2; the data group 2 can be the 2nd frame - flag4; the third group of data can be the 3rd frame - flag3; among them, flag2 can Represents the peak of the wave; flag3 can represent the trough; flag4 can represent non-peak and trough.
应理解,上述是以flag2、flag3、flag4进行举例说明,本申请对波峰、波谷或者非波峰波谷的标签值不做任何显示。It should be understood that the above examples are based on flag2, flag3, and flag4, and this application does not display any label values of peaks, valleys, or non-peaks and valleys.
S908、判断是否检测到第一次转动手腕;若检测到第一次转动手腕,则执行S909;若未检测到第一次转动手腕,则执行S910。S908: Determine whether the first rotation of the wrist is detected; if the first rotation of the wrist is detected, execute S909; if the first rotation of the wrist is not detected, execute S910.
示例性地,可以基于在数据集合中是否检测到波峰或者波谷,从而确定是否检测到第一次转动手腕。For example, whether a first rotation of the wrist is detected may be determined based on whether a wave peak or a wave trough is detected in the data set.
例如,当用户向身体侧方向(例如,逆时针方向)转动一次手腕,则数据集合中可以包括一个波谷;当用户向身体侧反方向(例如,顺时针方向)转动一次手腕,则数据集合中可以包括一个波峰。For example, when the user turns his wrist once in the side direction of the body (for example, counterclockwise direction), the data set may include a trough; when the user turns the wrist in the opposite direction of the body side (for example, clockwise direction), the data set may include Can include a crest.
S909、获取第一次转动手腕的时间信息T1。S909. Obtain the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist.
示例性地,数据集合中包括数据组1可以为第1帧-flag2;数据组2可以为第2帧-flag4;第三组数据可以为第3帧-flag3;其中,flag2可以表示波峰;flag3可以表波谷;flag4可以表示非波峰、波谷;则基于数据集合得到的第一次转动手腕的信息为第1帧-flag2,第一次转动手腕的时间信息T1为第1帧的帧标识。For example, the data set includes data group 1 which can be the first frame - flag2; data group 2 can be the second frame - flag4; and the third group of data can be the third frame - flag3; where flag2 can represent a wave peak; flag3 can represent wave troughs; flag4 can represent non-wave peaks and wave troughs; then the information of the first wrist rotation obtained based on the data collection is the first frame - flag2, and the time information T1 of the first wrist rotation is the frame identifier of the first frame.
S910、输出标签值flag=0。S910. Output tag value flag=0.
示例性地,基于加速度传感器的采集的数据得到的标签值可以为0,即flag=0;当标签值为0时,可以用于指示可穿戴设备和/或电子设备不执行来电静音功能。For example, the tag value obtained based on the data collected by the acceleration sensor can be 0, that is, flag=0; when the tag value is 0, it can be used to indicate that the wearable device and/or the electronic device does not perform the incoming call muting function.
S911、判断是否检测到第二次转动手腕;若检测到第二次转动手腕,则执行S912;若未检测到第二次转动手腕,则执行S910。S911. Determine whether the second rotation of the wrist is detected; if the second rotation of the wrist is detected, execute S912; if the second rotation of the wrist is not detected, execute S910.
应理解,判断是否检测到第二次转动可以是指数据集合中是否存在第二个波峰或者波谷数据;例如,若第一次转动手腕对应的数据为波峰的数据,则第二次转动的数据是指波谷的数据;若第一次转动手腕对应的数据为波谷的数据,则第二次转动的数据是指波峰的数据。It should be understood that determining whether a second rotation is detected may refer to whether there is a second peak or trough data in the data set; for example, if the data corresponding to the first rotation of the wrist is peak data, then the data of the second rotation It refers to the data of the wave trough; if the data corresponding to the first rotation of the wrist is the data of the wave trough, the data of the second rotation refers to the data of the wave peak.
还应理解,若用户有目的性的转动手腕,基于两次转动手腕为了实现来电静音的功能,则第一次转动手腕与第二次转动手腕的方向应该是相反的;例如,第一次转动手腕为向身体相反侧(例如,顺时针)转动,则第二次转动手腕可以是指返回手腕至原位置(例如,逆时针)的转动;第一次转动手腕若为向身体侧(例如,顺时针)转动,则第二次转动手腕可以是指返回手腕至原位置(例如,逆时针)的转动。It should also be understood that if the user rotates the wrist purposefully, in order to realize the function of muting incoming calls based on two rotations of the wrist, the directions of the first rotation of the wrist and the second rotation of the wrist should be opposite; for example, the first rotation of the wrist should be If the wrist is rotated to the opposite side of the body (for example, clockwise), the second rotation of the wrist may refer to the rotation of the wrist back to the original position (for example, counterclockwise); if the first rotation of the wrist is to the side of the body (for example, (clockwise) rotation, the second rotation of the wrist may refer to the rotation of returning the wrist to the original position (for example, counterclockwise).
S912、获取第二次转动手腕的时间信息T2。S912. Obtain the time information T2 of the second wrist rotation.
示例性地,数据集合中包括数据组1可以为第1帧-flag2;数据组2可以为第2帧-flag4;第三组数据可以为第3帧-flag3;其中,flag2可以表示波峰;flag3可以表波谷;flag4可以表示非波峰、波谷;则基于数据集合得到的第二次转动的信息为第3帧-flag3,第二次转动的时间信息T2为第2帧的帧标识。For example, the data set includes data group 1 which can be the first frame - flag2; data group 2 can be the second frame - flag4; and the third group of data can be the third frame - flag3; where flag2 can represent a wave peak; flag3 It can represent the wave trough; flag4 can represent non-wave peaks and wave troughs; then the information of the second rotation obtained based on the data collection is the third frame - flag3, and the time information T2 of the second rotation is the frame identifier of the second frame.
S913、判断T2-T1是否小于或者等于T3;若T2-T1小于或者等于T3,则执行S914;若T2-T1大于T3,则执行S910。S913. Determine whether T2-T1 is less than or equal to T3; if T2-T1 is less than or equal to T3, execute S914; if T2-T1 is greater than T3, execute S910.
其中,T3为预设的时间阈值。可选地,T3可以为50ms。Among them, T3 is the preset time threshold. Optionally, T3 can be 50ms.
应理解,若用户希望基于两次转动手腕实现来电静音,则两次转动的间隔通常较短;因此,基于数据集合中的数据获取的第一次转动手腕的时间信息T1与第二次转动的时间 信息T2之间的时间差值较小;若第一次转动手腕的时间信息T1与第二次转动时间信息T2之间的时间差较大,则无法准确地体现用户的意图指向性;从而无法体现出用户通过两次转动手腕实现来电静音。It should be understood that if the user wants to mute the incoming call based on two rotations of the wrist, the interval between the two rotations is usually short; therefore, the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist obtained based on the data in the data set is different from the time information T1 of the second rotation. time The time difference between the information T2 is small; if the time difference between the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist and the time information T2 of the second rotation is large, the user's intended directionality cannot be accurately reflected; thus it cannot be reflected. The user can mute incoming calls by turning their wrist twice.
还应理解,在本申请的实施例中基于检测到的两次转动手腕的时间信息的时间差值从而确定是否执行来电静音操作;由于本申请中的控制来电静音的方法是基于两次手腕转动的时间差值确定的,因此无需使得可穿戴设备处于固定位置(例如,显示屏朝上),使得用户能够更加便捷的在各种生活场景中实现来电静音的功能,从而提高用户体验。It should also be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, it is determined whether to perform the incoming call mute operation based on the time difference between the time information of the two detected wrist rotations; because the method of controlling the incoming call mute operation in the present application is based on two wrist rotations. The time difference is determined, so there is no need to keep the wearable device in a fixed position (for example, with the display facing up), making it easier for users to mute incoming calls in various life scenarios, thus improving user experience.
S914、输出标签值flag=1。S914. Output tag value flag=1.
示例性地,基于加速度传感器的采集的数据得到的标签值可以为1,即flag=1;当标签值为1时,可以用于指示可穿戴设备和/或电子设备执行来电静音功能。For example, the tag value obtained based on the data collected by the acceleration sensor can be 1, that is, flag=1; when the tag value is 1, it can be used to instruct the wearable device and/or electronic device to perform the incoming call mute function.
可选地,可以单独控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音功能;或者,可以整体控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音功能。Optionally, the electronic device and the wearable device can be controlled individually to perform the incoming call muting function; or the electronic device and the wearable device can be collectively controlled to perform the incoming call muting function.
在一个示例中,可以单独控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音功能;在电子设备来电时,电子设备可以响铃、振动或者响铃和振动;在标签值为1且电子设备为响铃的情况下,可以指示电子设备停止响铃,实现来电静音;或者,在标签值为1且电子设备为振动的情况下,可以指示电子设备停止振动,实现来电静音;或者,在标签值为1且电子设备为响铃和振动的情况下,可以指示电子设备停止响铃和振动,实现来电静音。In one example, the electronic device and the wearable device can be individually controlled to perform the call mute function; when a call comes in to the electronic device, the electronic device can ring, vibrate, or ring and vibrate; when the tag value is 1 and the electronic device is ringing, the electronic device can be instructed to stop ringing to mute the call; or, when the tag value is 1 and the electronic device is vibrating, the electronic device can be instructed to stop vibrating to mute the call; or, when the tag value is 1 and the electronic device is ringing and vibrating, the electronic device can be instructed to stop ringing and vibrating to mute the call.
可选地,在单独控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音功能时,基于标签值电子设备可以实现来电静音;此时,可穿戴设备可以处于响铃和/或振动中的任意一种状态;本申请对此不作任何限定。Optionally, when the electronic device and the wearable device are separately controlled to perform the incoming call muting function, the electronic device can mute the incoming call based on the tag value; at this time, the wearable device can be in any state of ringing and/or vibrating; This application does not make any limitation on this.
在一个示例中,可以整体控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音功能;在电子设备来电时,电子设备可以响铃、振动或者响铃和振动;可穿戴设备也可以为响铃、振动或者响铃和振动;在标签值为1时,可以使得电子设备和可穿戴设备停止发出任何提示信息。In one example, the electronic device and the wearable device can be collectively controlled to perform the incoming call muting function; when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device can ring, vibrate, or both ring and vibrate; the wearable device can also ring, vibrate, or ring. Bell and vibration; when the tag value is 1, it can cause electronic devices and wearable devices to stop sending any prompt information.
例如,若电子设备来电时,电子设备处于响铃和振动,可穿戴设备也处于响铃和振动,在标签值为1时,电子设备和可穿戴设备可以均停止响铃和振动,实现来电静音。For example, if an electronic device receives a call, the electronic device is ringing and vibrating, and the wearable device is also ringing and vibrating. When the tag value is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device can both stop ringing and vibrating, thereby silencing the incoming call. .
例如,在电子设备来电时,电子设备和可穿戴设备均会响铃,在基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到的标签值为1时,电子设备和可穿戴设备均停止响铃且不挂断电话,实现来电静音功能。For example, when an electronic device receives a call, both the electronic device and the wearable device will ring. When the tag value based on the data from the wearable device's acceleration sensor is 1, both the electronic device and the wearable device will stop ringing and will not hang up. Disconnect the phone and mute the incoming calls.
例如,在电子设备来电时,电子设备和可穿戴设备均会响铃和振动,在基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到的标签值为1时,电子设备和可穿戴设备均停止响铃和振动且不挂断电话,实现来电静音功能。For example, when the electronic device receives a call, both the electronic device and the wearable device will ring and vibrate. When the tag value based on the data of the wearable device's acceleration sensor is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device will both stop ringing and vibrating. Vibrates without hanging up the phone, achieving silent function for incoming calls.
例如,在电子设备来电时,电子设备会响铃且可穿戴设备会振动,在基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到的标签值为1时,电子设备可以停止响铃且可穿戴设备可以通知振动并且不挂断电话,实现来电静音功能。For example, when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device will ring and the wearable device will vibrate. When the tag value based on the data of the wearable device's acceleration sensor is 1, the electronic device can stop ringing and the wearable device can notify Vibrates and does not hang up the phone, achieving the function of muting incoming calls.
应理解,上述以标签值为1或者标签值为0进行举例说明;本申请对标签值的具体数值大小不作任何限定。 It should be understood that the above examples are based on the tag value being 1 or the tag value being 0; this application does not place any limit on the specific numerical value of the tag value.
可选地,在S914之后可以执行如图7所示的S540;或者,执行如图8所示的S640;或者,执行如图9所示的S740至S760中的部分或者全部;或者,执行如图10所示的S840至S860中的部分或者全部。Optionally, after S914, S540 as shown in Figure 7 can be executed; or, S640 as shown in Figure 8 can be executed; or some or all of S740 to S760 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed; or, S740 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed as Some or all of S840 to S860 shown in Figure 10 .
可选地,在S901之前可以执行如图7所示的S410与S 420;或者,执行如图8所示的S610;或者,执行如图9所示的S710;或者,执行如图10所示的S810。Optionally, S410 and S420 as shown in Figure 7 can be executed before S901; or S610 as shown in Figure 8 can be executed; or S710 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed; or S710 as shown in Figure 10 can be executed. S810.
在本申请的实施例中,通过获取可穿戴设备中的加速度传感器的数据;基于加速度传感器的数据确定是否检测到用户两次转动手腕的数据;在检测到用户转动两次手腕的数据的情况下,确定两次转动手腕的数据是否满足时间条件;在确定两次转动手腕的数据满足时间条件的情况下,可以对电子设备和/或可穿戴设备实现来电静音功能;由于在本申请的实施例中,在检测用户的操作时可穿戴设备无需处于固定位置;换而言之,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够适用于更多场景,用户无需在执行来电静音的相关操作时必须将可穿戴设备的屏幕朝上且掌心向下执行转动;因此,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够更加智能化的实现来电静音,使得用户能够更加便捷的执行来电静音的相关操作;提高用户体验感。In the embodiment of the present application, by obtaining the data of the acceleration sensor in the wearable device; determining whether the data of the user turning the wrist twice is detected based on the data of the acceleration sensor; in the case of detecting the data of the user turning the wrist twice; , determine whether the data of turning the wrist twice meets the time condition; when it is determined that the data of turning the wrist twice meets the time condition, the incoming call mute function can be implemented on the electronic device and/or the wearable device; due to the embodiment of the present application , the wearable device does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the user's operation; in other words, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to more scenarios, and the user does not need to perform operations related to incoming call muting. Rotate the wearable device with the screen facing up and the palm of your hand facing downward; therefore, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can realize incoming call muting more intelligently, allowing the user to more conveniently perform operations related to incoming call muting; Improve user experience.
可选地,在本申请的实施例中,为了进一步提高输出的标签值的准确性;在确定第一次转动手腕的时间信息T1与第二次转动手腕的时间信息T2之间的时间差值小于或者等于T3的情况下,可以进一步判断第一次转动手腕的幅度值与第二次转动手腕的幅度值的比值;若检测到用户有意图的两次转动手腕,则两次转动手腕的幅度值应该接近;若检测到的两次转动手腕的幅度值的比值较大,则可能是用户的误操作;因此,在两次转动手腕的时间差值小于或者等于T3的情况下,进一步判断两次转动手腕的幅度值的比值是否满足第一范围(例如,0.6~0.9),从而能够在一定程度上有效避免用户转动手腕的误操作,提高输出的标签值的准确性。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, in order to further improve the accuracy of the output label value; determine the time difference between the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist and the time information T2 of the second rotation of the wrist. If it is less than or equal to T3, you can further determine the ratio of the amplitude value of the first wrist rotation to the amplitude value of the second wrist rotation; if it is detected that the user intentionally rotates the wrist twice, then the amplitude of the two wrist rotations is The values should be close; if the ratio of the amplitude values of the two detected wrist rotations is large, it may be a misoperation by the user; therefore, when the time difference between the two wrist rotations is less than or equal to T3, further judge the two Whether the ratio of the amplitude values of the wrist rotations satisfies the first range (for example, 0.6 to 0.9), thereby effectively avoiding the user's misoperation of rotating the wrist to a certain extent and improving the accuracy of the output label value.
图12是本申请实施例提供的基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到标签值的方法的示意性流程图。该方法1000包括S1001至S1017,下面分别对S1001至S1017进行详细的描述。Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of a method for obtaining a tag value based on data from an acceleration sensor of a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 1000 includes S1001 to S1017, and S1001 to S1017 are described in detail below.
S1001、对存储数据进行初始化。S1001. Initialize storage data.
S1002、采集加速度传感器的数据。S1002. Collect data from the acceleration sensor.
S1003、判断是否满足采集时长;若满足采集时长,则执行S1004;若不满足采集时长,则执行S1005。S1003. Determine whether the collection duration is met; if the collection duration is met, perform S1004; if the collection duration is not met, perform S1005.
S1004、对数据进行滤波处理,得到处理后的数据。S1004. Filter the data to obtain processed data.
S1005、持续采集数据。S1005. Continuously collect data.
S1006、通过AI算法对处理后的数据进行处理,得到数据集合。S1006. Process the processed data through the AI algorithm to obtain a data set.
S1007、存储数据集合。S1007. Store data collection.
S1008、判断是否检测到第一次转动手腕;若检测到第一次转动手腕,则执行S1009;若未检测到第一次转动手腕,则执行S1010。S1008. Determine whether the first rotation of the wrist is detected; if the first rotation of the wrist is detected, execute S1009; if the first rotation of the wrist is not detected, execute S1010.
S1009、获取第一次转动手腕的时间信息T1。S1009. Obtain the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist.
S1010、输出标签值flag=0。S1010. Output tag value flag=0.
S1011、判断是否检测到第二次转动手腕;若检测到第二次转动手腕,则执行S1012;若未检测到第二次转动手腕,则执行S1010。 S1011. Determine whether the second rotation of the wrist is detected; if the second rotation of the wrist is detected, execute S1012; if the second rotation of the wrist is not detected, execute S1010.
S1012、获取第二次转动手腕的时间信息T2。S1012. Obtain the time information T2 of the second wrist rotation.
S1013、判断T2-T1是否小于或者等于T3;若T2-T1小于或者等于T3,则执行S1014;若T2-T1大于T3,则执行S1010。S1013. Determine whether T2-T1 is less than or equal to T3; if T2-T1 is less than or equal to T3, execute S1014; if T2-T1 is greater than T3, execute S1010.
S1014、获取第一次转动手腕与第二次转动手腕的幅度值。S1014. Obtain the amplitude values of the first wrist rotation and the second wrist rotation.
可选地,数据集合中可以包括时间信息(例如,帧的序号)、波峰或者波谷的标识与幅度值大小。Optionally, the data set may include time information (for example, frame number), identification of wave peaks or wave troughs, and amplitude values.
例如,数据集合中可以包括多组数据,每组数据中包括帧的序号-标识-幅度值;例如,数据集合可以包括数据组1、数据组2、数据组3等;其中,数据组1可以为第1帧-flag2-1.5;数据组2可以为第2帧-flag4-0.2;第三组数据可以为第3帧-flag3-1.7;其中,flag2可以表示波峰;flag3可以表波谷;flag4可以表示非波峰、波谷;基于数据集合可以看出,数据组1为第一次转动手腕的信息,数据组3为第二次转动的信息,因此,第一次转动手腕的幅度值为1.5;第二次转动的幅度值为1.7。应理解,上述为对数据集合的举例描述,本申请对数据集合中的具体信息的数值不作任何限定。For example, a data set may include multiple groups of data, each group of data includes the frame sequence number-identification-amplitude value; for example, the data set may include data set 1, data set 2, data set 3, etc.; wherein data set 1 may be the first frame-flag2-1.5; data set 2 may be the second frame-flag4-0.2; the third group of data may be the third frame-flag3-1.7; wherein flag2 may represent a peak; flag3 may represent a trough; flag4 may represent a non-peak or trough; based on the data set, it can be seen that data set 1 is the information of the first wrist rotation, and data set 3 is the information of the second rotation, therefore, the amplitude value of the first wrist rotation is 1.5; the amplitude value of the second rotation is 1.7. It should be understood that the above is an example description of the data set, and the present application does not impose any limitation on the numerical value of the specific information in the data set.
S1015、计算两次转动手腕的幅度值的比值。S1015. Calculate the ratio of the amplitude values of two wrist rotations.
示例性地,若检测到的第一次转动手腕的幅度值为1.5,第二次转动的幅度值为1.7;则第一次转动手腕的幅度值与第二次转动的幅度值的比值为1.5/1.7=0.88。Exemplarily, if the amplitude value of the first wrist rotation detected is 1.5, and the amplitude value of the second rotation detected is 1.7; then the ratio of the amplitude value of the first wrist rotation to the amplitude value of the second rotation is 1.5/1.7=0.88.
S1016、判断比值是否满足第一范围;若两次转动手腕的幅度值的比值满足第一范围,则执行S1017;若两次转动手腕的幅度值的比值不满足第一范围,则执行S1010。S1016. Determine whether the ratio meets the first range; if the ratio of the amplitude values of the two wrist rotations meets the first range, execute S1017; if the ratio of the amplitude values of the two wrist rotations does not satisfy the first range, execute S1010.
可选地,第一范围可以为0.6~0.9。Optionally, the first range may be 0.6˜0.9.
在本申请的实施例中,若基于数据集合检测到用户有意图性的两次转动手腕,则两次转动手腕的时间差值应该小于或者等于T3,且两次转动的幅度值的比值满足第一范围,从而可以实现电子设备和/或可穿戴设备的来电静音。In the embodiment of the present application, if it is detected that the user intentionally rotates the wrist twice based on the data set, the time difference between the two wrist rotations should be less than or equal to T3, and the ratio of the amplitude values of the two rotations satisfies the third A range that enables silencing of incoming calls from electronic devices and/or wearable devices.
应理解,通过上述S1013可以判断两次转动手腕的时间差值是否小于或者等于T3;通常情况下,若为用户有意图性的两次转动手腕,则两次转动手腕的时间差值较小;通过S1016是为了进一步判断两次转动的幅度值的比值;例如,若用户存在转动手腕的误操作,则两次转动手腕的幅度值的比值可能较大;此时,第一次转动手腕的幅度值与第二次转动手腕的幅度值的比值无法满足第一范围的;因此,基于S1016可以有效地避免上述出现用户误操作的情况。It should be understood that the above S1013 can be used to determine whether the time difference between two wrist turns is less than or equal to T3; usually, if the user intentionally turns his wrist twice, the time difference between the two wrist turns is small; S1016 is used to further determine the ratio of the amplitude values of the two turns; for example, if the user makes an erroneous operation of turning his wrist, the ratio of the amplitude values of the two wrist turns may be large; at this time, the ratio of the amplitude value of the first wrist turn to the amplitude value of the second wrist turn cannot meet the first range; therefore, based on S1016, the above-mentioned user erroneous operation can be effectively avoided.
S1017、输出标签值flag=1。S1017. Output tag value flag=1.
需要说明的是,图12中与图11相同的部分可以参照图11中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the parts in Fig. 12 that are the same as those in Fig. 11 can be referred to the relevant description in Fig. 11 and will not be described again here.
可选地,在S1017之后可以执行如图7所示的S540;或者,执行如图8所示的S640;或者,执行如图9所示的S740至S760中的部分或者全部;或者,执行如图10所示的S840至S860中的部分或者全部。Optionally, after S1017, S540 as shown in Figure 7 can be executed; or, S640 as shown in Figure 8 can be executed; or some or all of S740 to S760 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed; or, S740 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed as Some or all of S840 to S860 shown in Figure 10 .
可选地,在S1001之前可以执行如图7所示的S410与S 420;或者,执行如图8所示的S610;或者,执行如图9所示的S710;或者,执行如图10所示的S810。Optionally, before S1001, S410 and S420 as shown in Figure 7 can be performed; or, S610 as shown in Figure 8 can be performed; or, S710 as shown in Figure 9 can be performed; or, S710 as shown in Figure 10 can be performed. S810.
在本申请的实施例中,在确定第一次转动手腕的时间信息T1与第二次转动的时间信息T2之间的时间差值小于或者等于T3的情况下,可以进一步判断第一次转动手腕的幅度值与第二次转动手腕的幅度值的比值;若用户有意图的两次转动手腕,则两次转动手腕的 幅度值的应该接近;若检测到的两次转动手腕的幅度值的比值较大,则可能存在用户的误操作;因此,在两次转动手腕的时间差值小于或者等于T3的情况下,进一步判断两次转动手腕的幅度值的比值是否满足第一范围,能够在一定程度上有效避免用户转动手腕的误操作,从而提高输出的标签值的准确性。In the embodiment of the present application, when it is determined that the time difference between the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist and the time information T2 of the second rotation is less than or equal to T3, it can be further determined that the first rotation of the wrist is The ratio of the amplitude value to the amplitude value of the second rotation of the wrist; if the user intentionally rotates the wrist twice, the The amplitude values should be close; if the ratio of the amplitude values of the two detected wrist rotations is large, there may be user misoperation; therefore, when the time difference between the two wrist rotations is less than or equal to T3, further Determining whether the ratio of the amplitude values of two wrist rotations satisfies the first range can effectively avoid the user's misoperation of rotating the wrist to a certain extent, thereby improving the accuracy of the output label value.
图13是本申请实施例提供的基于可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据得到标签值的方法的示意性流程图。该方法1100包括S1101至S1111,下面分别对S1101至S1111进行详细的描述。Fig. 13 is a schematic flow chart of a method for obtaining a tag value based on data of an acceleration sensor of a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The method 1100 includes S1101 to S1111, and S1101 to S1111 are described in detail below.
S1101、获取加速度传感器的多帧数据。S1101. Obtain multi-frame data of the acceleration sensor.
示例性地,可以预设采集时长,获取可穿戴设备(例如,智能手环)中加速度传感器采集的数据。For example, the collection duration can be preset to obtain data collected by an acceleration sensor in a wearable device (for example, a smart bracelet).
S1102、对各个单帧数据进行均值滤波处理。S1102. Perform mean filtering on each single frame data.
示例性地,假设在预设采集时长中获取10帧数据,则需要对10帧数据中的每帧数据分别进行均值滤波处理。For example, assuming that 10 frames of data are acquired within a preset acquisition duration, each frame of data in the 10 frames of data needs to be subjected to mean filtering processing respectively.
在本申请的实施例中,通过对采集的数据进行均值滤波处理,可以实现数据的平滑处理,有效地减少数据中的噪声数据。In the embodiment of the present application, by performing mean filtering on the collected data, data smoothing can be achieved, thereby effectively reducing noise data in the data.
应理解,由于均值滤波器对非周期运动和周期运动的运动状态具有良好的抗噪性能;因此,通过采用均值滤波器对获取的加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,可以有效地减少数据中的噪声数据。It should be understood that since the mean filter has good anti-noise performance for non-periodic motion and periodic motion motion states; therefore, by using the mean filter to filter the acquired acceleration sensor data, the noise in the data can be effectively reduced. data.
可选地,在对数据进行均值滤波处理后,可以分别执行时间判定(例如,S1103至S1106)与幅值比判定(S1107至S1110),从而确定是否执行来电静音;例如,若输出标签值为flag=0,则不执行来电静音;若输出标签值为flag=1,则执行来电静音。Optionally, after performing mean filtering on the data, time determination (for example, S1103 to S1106) and amplitude ratio determination (S1107 to S1110) can be performed respectively to determine whether to perform incoming call muting; for example, if the output tag value is If flag=0, the incoming call will not be muted; if the output tag value is flag=1, the incoming call will be muted.
S1103、获取预设窗口长度。S1103. Obtain the preset window length.
示例性地,预设采集时长可以为20帧,预设窗口长度可以为10帧。For example, the preset acquisition duration may be 20 frames, and the preset window length may be 10 frames.
在本申请的实施例中,由于用户两次转动手腕在时间上是存在一定的时间差异;通过获取预设窗口的长度是为了后续判断在预设窗口中的加速度传感器的数据中是否存在波峰或者波谷;从而判断预设窗口中的加速度传感器的数据中是否包括用户第一次转动手腕和第二次转动的数据。In the embodiment of the present application, there is a certain time difference in the time when the user turns the wrist twice; the length of the preset window is obtained to subsequently determine whether there is a peak or wave in the acceleration sensor data in the preset window. Wave trough; thereby determining whether the acceleration sensor data in the preset window includes the data of the user's first and second rotation of the wrist.
S1104、在预设窗口中确定波峰与波谷。S1104. Determine the wave peak and wave trough in the preset window.
示例性地,可以获取预设窗口中加速度传感器采集的数据;通过AI寻峰算法识别到加速度传感器的数据中的波峰和波谷,同时记录波峰和波谷的帧的序号(位置)。Exemplarily, data collected by the acceleration sensor in a preset window can be obtained; the peaks and troughs in the data of the acceleration sensor are identified through the AI peak-finding algorithm, and the frame numbers (positions) of the peaks and troughs are recorded.
可选地,若预设窗口中只存在波峰或者只存在波谷,则输出标签值为flag=0。Optionally, if there are only wave peaks or only wave troughs in the preset window, the output label value is flag=0.
S1105、计算波峰与波谷之间的时间差值。S1105: Calculate the time difference between the peak and the trough.
可选地,若在数据集合中波峰位于波谷之前,即先检测到波峰再检测到波谷,则计算波峰与波谷之间的时间差值为波谷的时间信息减去波峰的时间信息。例如,用户第一次转动手腕为顺时针的转动方向,第二转动手腕为逆时针的转动方向。Optionally, if the wave peak is located before the wave trough in the data set, that is, the wave peak is detected first and then the wave trough is detected, the time difference between the wave peak and the wave trough is calculated as the time information of the wave trough minus the time information of the wave peak. For example, the first rotation of the user's wrist is in the clockwise direction, and the second rotation of the wrist is in the counterclockwise direction.
可选地,若在数据集合中波谷位于波峰之前,即先检测到波谷再检测到波峰,则计算波峰与波谷之间的时间差值为波峰的时间信息减去波谷的时间信息。例如,用户第一次转动手腕为逆时针的转动方向,第二次转动手腕为顺时针的转动方向。Optionally, if the wave trough is located before the wave peak in the data set, that is, the wave trough is detected first and then the wave peak is detected, the time difference between the wave peak and the wave trough is calculated as the time information of the wave peak minus the time information of the wave trough. For example, the first time the user turns the wrist is in the counterclockwise direction, and the second time the user turns the wrist is in the clockwise direction.
S1106、判断时间差值是否小于或者等于T3;若时间差值小于或者等于T3,则执 行S1107;若时间差值大于T3,则执行S1108。S1106. Determine whether the time difference is less than or equal to T3; if the time difference is less than or equal to T3, execute Go to S1107; if the time difference is greater than T3, go to S1108.
S1107、获取波峰与波谷的幅度值。S1107. Obtain the amplitude values of the wave peak and wave trough.
示例性地,幅度值可以表示用户转动手腕的加速度信息的幅度大小。For example, the amplitude value may represent the amplitude of the acceleration information of the user's wrist rotation.
S1108、输出标签值flag=0。S1108. Output tag value flag=0.
S1109、计算幅度值的比值。S1109. Calculate the ratio of amplitude values.
S1110、判断比值是否满足第一范围;若比值满足第一范围,则执行S1111;若比值不满足第一范围,则执行S1108。S1110. Determine whether the ratio satisfies the first range; if the ratio satisfies the first range, execute S1111; if the ratio does not satisfy the first range, execute S1108.
S1111、输出标签值为flag=1。S1111. The output tag value is flag=1.
需要说明的是,图13中与图11或者图12相同的部分可以参照图11或者图12中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the parts in Figure 13 that are the same as those in Figure 11 or Figure 12 can be referred to the relevant descriptions in Figure 11 or Figure 12 and will not be described again here.
可选地,在S1111之后可以执行如图7所示的S540;或者,执行如图8所示的S640;或者,执行如图9所示的S740至S760中的部分或者全部;或者,执行如图10所示的S840至S860中的部分或者全部。Optionally, after S1111, S540 as shown in Figure 7 can be executed; or, S640 as shown in Figure 8 can be executed; or some or all of S740 to S760 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed; or, S740 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed as Some or all of S840 to S860 shown in Figure 10 .
可选地,在S1101之前可以执行如图7所示的S410与S 420;或者,执行如图8所示的S610;或者,执行如图9所示的S710;或者,执行如图10所示的S810。Optionally, S410 and S420 as shown in Figure 7 can be executed before S1101; or S610 as shown in Figure 8 can be executed; or S710 as shown in Figure 9 can be executed; or S710 as shown in Figure 10 can be executed. S810.
在本申请的实施例中,在确定第一次转动手腕的时间信息T1与第二次转动的时间信息T2之间的时间差值小于或者等于T3的情况下,可以进一步判断第一次转动手腕的幅度值与第二次转动手腕的幅度值的比值;若用户为有意图的两次转动手腕,则两次转动手腕的幅度值的应该接近或者差异较小;若检测到的两次转动手腕的幅度值的比值较大,则可能存在用户的误操作;因此,在两次转动手腕的时间差值小于或者等于T3的情况下,可以进一步判断两次转动手腕的幅度值的比值是否满足第一范围,从而在一定程度上有效避免用户转动手腕的误操作,提高输出的标签值的准确性。In the embodiment of the present application, when it is determined that the time difference between the time information T1 of the first rotation of the wrist and the time information T2 of the second rotation is less than or equal to T3, it can be further determined that the first rotation of the wrist is The ratio of the amplitude value to the amplitude value of the second wrist rotation; if the user intentionally rotates the wrist twice, the amplitude values of the two wrist rotations should be close or the difference is small; if the detected wrist rotations of the two wrist rotations are If the ratio of the amplitude values is large, there may be misoperation by the user; therefore, when the time difference between the two wrist rotations is less than or equal to T3, it can be further determined whether the ratio of the amplitude values of the two wrist rotations satisfies the third A range, thereby effectively avoiding the user's misoperation of turning the wrist to a certain extent and improving the accuracy of the output label value.
下面结合图14与图15对可穿戴设备中的开启来电静音的界面示意图和电子设备中开启来电静音的界面示意图进行举例描述。The following is an example description of the interface schematic diagram of turning on incoming call muting in a wearable device and the interface diagram of turning on incoming call muting in an electronic device with reference to FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 .
图14是本申请实施例提供的可穿戴设备中开启来电静音的界面示意图。如图14中的(a)所示,可穿戴设备的桌面1201中可以包括设置应用程序的控件1202;可穿戴设备检测到对设置应用程序的控件1202的点击操作,如图14中的(b)所示;在可穿戴设备检测到对设置应用程序的控件1202的操作之后,显示设置显示界面1203;设置显示界面1230中包括辅助功能的控件1204,如图14中的(c)所示;检测到对辅助功能的控件的点击操作,如图14中的(d)所示;在可穿戴设备检测到对辅助功能的控件的点击操作之后,显示辅助功能的显示界面1205;辅助功能的显示界面1205中包括手势的控件1206,如图14中的(e)所示;可穿戴设备检测到对手势的控件的点击操作,如图14中的(f)所示;在可穿戴设备检测到对手势的控件1206的点击操作之后,显示手势指导的显示界面1207;手势指导的显示界面1207中包括转动两次手腕来电静音的控件1208,如图14中的(g)所示;可穿戴设备检测到对转动两次手腕来电静音的控件的点击操作,如图14中的(h)所示;在可穿戴设备检测到对转动两次手腕来电静音的控件的点击操作之后,显示来电静音的设置显示界面1209;来电静音的设置显示界面1209中包括开启来电静音的控件1210与关闭来电静音的控件1211,如图14中的(i)所示;如图14中的(j)所示,可穿戴设备检测到对开启来电 静音的控件的点击操作,则开启可穿戴设备的来电静音的功能,即执行本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法。FIG14 is a schematic diagram of an interface for muting incoming calls in a wearable device provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of FIG14, the desktop 1201 of the wearable device may include a control 1202 for setting an application; the wearable device detects a click operation on the control 1202 for setting an application, as shown in (b) of FIG14; after the wearable device detects the operation on the control 1202 for setting an application, a setting display interface 1203 is displayed; the setting display interface 1230 includes a control 1204 for an auxiliary function, as shown in (c) of FIG14; a click operation on the control for the auxiliary function is detected, as shown in (d) of FIG14; after the wearable device detects the click operation on the control for the auxiliary function, an auxiliary function display interface 1205 is displayed; the auxiliary function display interface 1205 includes a control 1206 for a gesture, as shown in (e) of FIG14; the wearable device detects the operation on the control for the gesture 14(f); after the wearable device detects the click operation on the gesture control 1206, a gesture guidance display interface 1207 is displayed; the gesture guidance display interface 1207 includes a control 1208 for turning the wrist twice to mute incoming calls, as shown in (g) in FIG14; the wearable device detects the click operation on the control for turning the wrist twice to mute incoming calls, as shown in (h) in FIG14; after the wearable device detects the click operation on the control for turning the wrist twice to mute incoming calls, a setting display interface 1209 for mute incoming calls is displayed; the setting display interface 1209 for mute incoming calls includes a control 1210 for turning on mute incoming calls and a control 1211 for turning off mute incoming calls, as shown in (i) in FIG14; as shown in (j) in FIG14, the wearable device detects the click operation on the control for turning the wrist twice to mute incoming calls Clicking the mute control turns on the incoming call mute function of the wearable device, that is, executing the method for controlling incoming call mute provided in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,图14是以开启来电静音场景进行举例描述;本申请提供的实施例还可以适用于静音闹钟、静音视频来电等。Optionally, FIG. 14 illustrates the scenario of turning on the muting of incoming calls; the embodiments provided in this application can also be applied to muting alarm clocks, muting incoming video calls, etc.
图15是本申请实施例提供的可穿戴设备的来电静音的指导显示界面的示意图。Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of a guidance display interface for muting incoming calls on a wearable device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
例如,如图15中的(a)所示,可穿戴设备的来电静音的指导显示界面1301中显示来电静音的提示信息“向外/向内翻转然后立即返回”;在用户携带可穿戴设备执行相应操作之后,若可穿戴设备当前连接电子设备且电子设备中处于来电状态;例如,如图15中的(b)显示的来电呼叫显示界面1302,在检测到用户执行向外/向内翻转然后立即返回后,则执行来电静音的功能。For example, as shown in (a) of FIG. 15 , the guidance display interface 1301 of the wearable device for muting incoming calls displays the prompt message "Turn outward/inward and then return immediately"; when the user carries the wearable device and executes After the corresponding operation, if the wearable device is currently connected to the electronic device and the electronic device is in the incoming call state; for example, the incoming call display interface 1302 shown in (b) of Figure 15, after detecting that the user performs an outward/inward flip and then After returning immediately, the function of muting incoming calls will be executed.
可选地,来电静音功能可以包括以下任意一种:Optionally, the incoming call mute function can include any of the following:
电子设备停止来电提示信息且未挂断电话、可穿戴设备停止来电提示信息且未挂断电话或者电子设备和可穿戴设备均停止来电提示信息且未挂断电话。The electronic device stops prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone, the wearable device stops prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone, or both the electronic device and the wearable device stop prompting information for incoming calls without hanging up the phone.
其中,电子设备停止来电提示信息且未挂断电话可以包括:电子设备停止响铃且未挂断电话、电子设备停止振动且未挂断电话、电子设备停止响铃与振动且未挂断电话。The electronic device stops ringing and does not hang up the phone. The electronic device stops ringing and does not hang up the phone. The electronic device stops vibrating and does not hang up the phone. The electronic device stops ringing and vibrating but does not hang up the phone.
可穿戴设备停止来电提示信息且未挂断电话可以包括:可穿戴设备停止响铃且未挂断电话、可穿戴设备停止振动且未挂断电话、可穿戴设备停止响铃与振动且未挂断电话。The wearable device stops ringing and does not hang up the call. The wearable device stops ringing and does not hang up the call. The wearable device stops vibrating and does not hang up the phone. The wearable device stops ringing and vibrating and does not hang up. Telephone.
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备中开启来电静音的界面示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an interface for turning on incoming call muting in an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,图16中的(a)所示的图形用户界面(graphical user interface,GUI)为电子设备的桌面1410;电子设备检测到用户点击桌面1410上的设置应用程序的控件1420的操作,如图16中的(b)所示;当电子设备检测到用户点击桌面1410上的设置应用程序的控件1420之后,可以显示如图16中的(c)所示的另一GUI;图16中的(c)所示的GUI可以是设置应用程序的显示界面,在该显示界面中可以包括无线网络、蓝牙、电池或者来电静音等控件;例如,包括来电静音的控件1430;电子设备检测到对来电静音的控件1430的点击操作,如图16中的(d)所示;在电子设备在检测到对来电静音的控件1430的操作之后,显示来电静音的显示界面;在来电静音的显示界面中可以包括整体静音的控件1440、本设备静音的控件1450与可穿戴设备静音的控件1460,如图16中的(e)所示。Exemplarily, the graphical user interface (GUI) shown in (a) in Figure 16 is the desktop 1410 of the electronic device; the electronic device detects the user's operation of clicking the control 1420 of the setting application on the desktop 1410, As shown in (b) of Figure 16; when the electronic device detects that the user clicks on the control 1420 of the setting application on the desktop 1410, another GUI as shown in (c) of Figure 16 can be displayed; in Figure 16 The GUI shown in (c) may be a display interface for setting up an application. The display interface may include controls such as wireless network, Bluetooth, battery, or incoming call mute; for example, a control 1430 that includes incoming call mute; the electronic device detects that the The click operation of the control 1430 for muting incoming calls is shown in (d) in Figure 16; after the electronic device detects the operation of the control 1430 for muting incoming calls, the display interface for muting incoming calls is displayed; in the display interface for muting incoming calls It may include an overall mute control 1440, a device mute control 1450, and a wearable device mute control 1460, as shown in (e) of Figure 16 .
可选地,如图16中的(f)所示,电子设备检测到对整体静音的控件的点击操作,则可以整体控制电子设备和可穿戴设备执行来电静音的功能。Optionally, as shown in (f) of FIG. 16 , if the electronic device detects a click operation on the overall mute control, the electronic device and the wearable device can be collectively controlled to perform the function of muting incoming calls.
例如,在电子设备来电时,电子设备可以响铃、振动或者响铃和振动;可穿戴设备也可以为响铃、振动或者响铃和振动;在输出标签值为1时,可以使得电子设备和可穿戴设备停止发出任何提示信息。例如,若电子设备来电时,电子设备处于响铃和振动,可穿戴设备也处于响铃和振动,则在输出标签值为1时,电子设备和可穿戴设备可以均停止响铃和振动,实现来电静音。For example, when an electronic device receives a call, the electronic device can ring, vibrate, or ring and vibrate; the wearable device can also ring, vibrate, or ring and vibrate; when the output tag value is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device can stop sending any prompt information. For example, if the electronic device is ringing and vibrating when a call comes in, and the wearable device is also ringing and vibrating, then when the output tag value is 1, the electronic device and the wearable device can both stop ringing and vibrating to mute the call.
可选地,如图16中的(g)所示,电子设备检测到对本设备静音的控件的点击操作,则可以单独实现电子设备的来电静音功能。 Optionally, as shown in (g) of FIG. 16 , when the electronic device detects a click operation on a control for muting the device, the incoming call mute function of the electronic device can be implemented separately.
例如,在电子设备来电时,电子设备可以处于响铃、振动或者响铃和振动的状态;在输出标签值为1时,可以使得电子设备停止发出任何提示信息。例如,若电子设备来电时,电子设备处于响铃和振动,则在输出标签值为1时,电子设备可以停止响铃和振动,实现来电静音;此时,在电子设备实现来电静音功能的情况下,可以对可穿戴设备的状态不作任何限定;可穿戴设备可以处于响铃、振动或者响铃和振动的状态。For example, when the electronic device receives a call, the electronic device can be in a ringing, vibrating, or ringing and vibrating state; when the output tag value is 1, the electronic device can be caused to stop sending any prompt information. For example, if the electronic device is ringing and vibrating when a call comes in, then when the output tag value is 1, the electronic device can stop ringing and vibrating to mute the incoming call; at this time, when the electronic device implements the mute function of the incoming call , there is no limit to the status of the wearable device; the wearable device can be in a ringing, vibrating, or ringing and vibrating state.
可选地,如图16中的(h)所示,电子设备检测到对可穿戴设备静音的控件的点击操作,则可以单独实现可穿戴设备的来电静音功能。Optionally, as shown in (h) of Figure 16, if the electronic device detects a click operation on the control for muting the wearable device, the incoming call muting function of the wearable device can be independently implemented.
例如,在电子设备来电时,可穿戴设备可以处于响铃、振动或者响铃和振动的状态;在输出标签值为1时,可以使得可穿戴设备停止发出任何提示信息。例如,若电子设备来电时可穿戴设备处于响铃和振动,则在输出标签值为1时,可穿戴设备可以停止响铃和振动,实现来电静音;此时,在可穿戴设备实现来电静音功能的情况下,可以对电子设备的状态不作任何限定;电子设备可以处于响铃、振动或者响铃和振动的状态。For example, when an electronic device receives a call, the wearable device can be in a ringing, vibrating, or ringing and vibrating state; when the output tag value is 1, the wearable device can be stopped from issuing any prompt information. For example, if the wearable device is ringing and vibrating when the electronic device receives a call, then when the output tag value is 1, the wearable device can stop ringing and vibrating to mute the incoming call; at this time, the wearable device can implement the incoming call muting function. In the case of , there may be no restrictions on the state of the electronic device; the electronic device may be in a ringing, vibrating, or ringing and vibrating state.
可选地,上述是以来电静音场景进行举例说明;本申请实施例提供的方法还适用于静音闹钟的场景或者静音视频来电的场景。Optionally, the above is an example of a scenario of muting an incoming call; the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to a scenario of muting an alarm clock or a scenario of muting an incoming video call.
在本申请的实施例中,通过获取可穿戴设备中的加速度传感器的数据;基于加速度传感器的数据确定是否检测到用户两次转动手腕的数据;在检测到用户转动两次手腕的数据的情况下,确定两次转动手腕的数据是否满足时间条件;在确定两次转动手腕的数据满足时间条件的情况下,可以对电子设备和/或可穿戴设备实现来电静音功能;由于在本申请的实施例中,在检测用户的操作时可穿戴设备无需处于固定位置;换而言之,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够适用于更多场景,用户无需在执行来电静音的相关操作时必须将可穿戴设备的屏幕朝上且掌心向下执行转动;因此,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法能够更加智能化的实现来电静音,使得用户能够更加便捷的执行来电静音的相关操作;提高用户体验感。In the embodiment of the present application, by obtaining the data of the acceleration sensor in the wearable device; determining whether the data of the user turning the wrist twice is detected based on the data of the acceleration sensor; in the case of detecting the data of the user turning the wrist twice; , determine whether the data of turning the wrist twice meets the time condition; when it is determined that the data of turning the wrist twice meets the time condition, the incoming call mute function can be implemented on the electronic device and/or the wearable device; due to the embodiment of the present application , the wearable device does not need to be in a fixed position when detecting the user's operation; in other words, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to more scenarios, and the user does not need to perform operations related to incoming call muting. Rotate the wearable device with the screen facing up and the palm of your hand facing downward; therefore, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of the present application can realize incoming call muting more intelligently, allowing the user to more conveniently perform operations related to incoming call muting; Improve user experience.
可选地,本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法也可以适用于接听电话的场景;即通过获取可穿戴设备的加速度传感器的数据;基于获取的数据输出标签值,标签值可以用于指示电子设备接听电话或者不接听电话。Optionally, the method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiments of this application can also be applied to the scenario of answering a call; that is, by acquiring data from the acceleration sensor of the wearable device; based on the acquired data, a tag value is output, and the tag value can be used to indicate Electronic devices answer calls or they don't.
应理解,上述举例说明是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例,而非要将本申请实施例限于所例示的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据所给出的上述举例说明,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改或变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。It should be understood that the above examples are to help those skilled in the art understand the embodiments of the present application, but are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present application to the specific numerical values or specific scenarios illustrated. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the above examples, and such modifications or changes also fall within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
上文结合图1至图16详细描述了本申请实施例提供的控制来电静音的方法;下面将结合图17和图18详细描述本申请的装置实施例。应理解,本申请实施例中的装置可以执行前述本申请实施例的各种方法,即以下各种产品的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程。The method for controlling incoming call muting provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to Figures 1 to 16; below, the device embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to Figures 17 and 18. It should be understood that the devices in the embodiments of the present application can perform various methods of the foregoing embodiments of the present application, that is, for the specific working processes of the following various products, reference can be made to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图。该电子设备1500包括检测模块1510与处理模块1520。Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The electronic device 1500 includes a detection module 1510 and a processing module 1520.
可选地,该电子设备1500可以是指图4所示的第一电子设备。Optionally, the electronic device 1500 may refer to the first electronic device shown in FIG. 4 .
可选地,在第二电子设备具有一定的存储空间和运算能力的情况下,电子设备1500可以是指如图4所示的第二电子设备。 Optionally, in the case where the second electronic device has a certain storage space and computing capability, the electronic device 1500 may refer to the second electronic device as shown in FIG. 4 .
其中,检测模块1510用于检测到所述第一电子设备来电;处理模块1520用于响应于所述来电,采集所述第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;基于所述加速度传感器的数据得到第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,所述第一峰值为与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值,所述第一加速度信号幅值为第一时刻的加速度信号,所述第二峰值为与所述用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值,所述第二加速度信号幅值为第二时刻的加速度信号;若所述第一动作和所述第二动作符合预设动作,且所述第一动作的方向和所述第二动作的方向不同,确定所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息。The detection module 1510 is used to detect an incoming call from the first electronic device; the processing module 1520 is used to collect data from an acceleration sensor in the second electronic device in response to the incoming call; and obtain a third electronic device based on the data from the acceleration sensor. information of a peak value and information of a second peak value, the first peak value being the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action, the first acceleration signal amplitude being the acceleration signal at the first moment, the The second peak value is the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action, and the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment; if the first action and the second action match Preset action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different, determine that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, stop Part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述处理模块1520具体用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
确定所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,且所述第一加速度信号幅值与所述第二加速度信号幅值的比值满足第一范围,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息。It is determined that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to a first preset threshold, and the ratio of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the second acceleration signal amplitude satisfies the first Scope, stop part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述处理模块1520具体用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the processing module 1520 is specifically configured to:
基于寻峰算法对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,所述数据集合包括所述第一峰值的信息和所述第二峰值的信息。The data of the acceleration sensor are processed based on a peak-finding algorithm to obtain a data set, where the data set includes information about the first peak value and information about the second peak value.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述处理模块1520具体用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
通过神经网络模型对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到所述数据集合,所述神经网络模型用于运行所述寻峰算法。The data of the acceleration sensor is processed through a neural network model to obtain the data set, and the neural network model is used to run the peak-finding algorithm.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述处理模块1520具体用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
对所述加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,得到处理后的数据;Perform filtering processing on the data of the acceleration sensor to obtain processed data;
基于所述寻峰算法对所述处理后的数据进行处理,得到所述数据集合。The processed data is processed based on the peak-finding algorithm to obtain the data set.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述处理模块1520具体用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
基于均值滤波器对所述加速度传感器的数据进行所述滤波处理,得到所述处理后的数据。Perform the filtering process on the data of the acceleration sensor based on a mean filter to obtain the processed data.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第一峰值的信息包括第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一峰值对应的数据帧的标识;所述第二峰值的信息包括第二标识,所述第二标识为所述第二峰值对应的数据帧的标识,所述时间差值为基于所述第一标识和所述第二标识得到的时间差值。Optionally, as an embodiment, the information about the first peak includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is the identifier of the data frame corresponding to the first peak; the information about the second peak includes a second identifier. , the second identifier is the identifier of the data frame corresponding to the second peak value, and the time difference is a time difference obtained based on the first identifier and the second identifier.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第一动作的方向与所述第二动作的方向相反。Optionally, as an embodiment, the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第一动作的方向与所述第二动作的方向相反,包括:Optionally, as an embodiment, the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action, including:
所述第一动作的方向为顺时针方向,且所述第二动作的方向为逆时针方向;或者,The direction of the first action is clockwise, and the direction of the second action is counterclockwise; or,
所述第一动作的方向为逆时针方向,且所述第二动作的方向为顺时针方向。The direction of the first movement is counterclockwise, and the direction of the second movement is clockwise.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述处理模块1520具体用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
在预设时间段内采集所述第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据,所述预设时间段为所述来电的时间段。The data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected within a preset time period, and the preset time period is the time period of the incoming call.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第一峰值为基于所述用户的所述第一动作采集的所述第一加速度信号幅值;所述第二峰值为基于所述用户的所述第二动作采集的所述第二加速度信号幅值。 Optionally, as an embodiment, the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude collected based on the user's first action; the second peak value is the amplitude value based on the user's first action. The second acceleration signal amplitude collected by the second action.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述预设动作包括翻转手腕的动作。Optionally, as an embodiment, the preset action includes an action of turning the wrist.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述处理模块1520具体用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的全部提示信息。Stop all prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述处理模块1520具体用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the processing module 1520 is specifically used to:
停止所述第一电子设备和所述第二电子设备中所述来电的全部提示信息。Stop all prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and the second electronic device.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述提示信息包括响铃提示信息和/或振动提示信息。Optionally, as an embodiment, the prompt information includes ring prompt information and/or vibration prompt information.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备通信连接包括:Optionally, as an embodiment, the communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device includes:
所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间无线连接,或者,所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间蓝牙连接。The first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected wirelessly, or the first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected via Bluetooth.
可选地,作为一个实施例,所述处理模块1520还用于:Optionally, as an embodiment, the processing module 1520 is also used to:
显示第一界面;Display the first interface;
在所述第一界面中检测到第一操作,所述第一操作为指示开启来电静音的操作。A first operation is detected in the first interface, and the first operation is an operation indicating to turn on mute for incoming calls.
需要说明的是,上述电子设备1500以功能模块的形式体现。这里的术语“模块”可以通过软件和/或硬件形式实现,对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned electronic device 1500 is embodied in the form of a functional module. The term "module" here can be implemented in the form of software and/or hardware, and is not specifically limited.
例如,“模块”可以是实现上述功能的软件程序、硬件电路或二者结合。所述硬件电路可能包括应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。For example, a "module" may be a software program, a hardware circuit, or a combination of both that implements the above functions. The hardware circuit may include an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group processor) for executing one or more software or firmware programs. etc.) and memory, merged logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
因此,在本申请的实施例中描述的各示例的单元,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Therefore, the units of each example described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
图18示出了本申请提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图。图18中的虚线表示该单元或该模块为可选的;电子设备1600可以用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法。Figure 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by this application. The dotted line in Figure 18 indicates that this unit or module is optional; the electronic device 1600 can be used to implement the method described in the above method embodiment.
电子设备1600包括一个或多个处理器1601,该一个或多个处理器1601可支持电子设备1600实现方法实施例中的控制来电静音的方法。处理器1601可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器。例如,处理器1601可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件,如分立门、晶体管逻辑器件或分立硬件组件。The electronic device 1600 includes one or more processors 1601, and the one or more processors 1601 can support the electronic device 1600 to implement the method of controlling incoming call muting in the method embodiment. Processor 1601 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, the processor 1601 can be a central processing unit (CPU), a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a field programmable gate array (field programmable). gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, such as discrete gates, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
处理器1601可以用于对电子设备1600进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。电子设备1600还可以包括通信单元1605,用以实现信号的输入(接收)和输出(发送)。The processor 1601 can be used to control the electronic device 1600, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs. The electronic device 1600 may also include a communication unit 1605 to implement input (reception) and output (transmission) of signals.
例如,电子设备1600可以是芯片,通信单元1605可以是该芯片的输入和/或输出电路,或者,通信单元1605可以是该芯片的通信接口,该芯片可以作为终端设备或其它电子设备的组成部分。For example, the electronic device 1600 may be a chip, the communication unit 1605 may be an input and/or output circuit of the chip, or the communication unit 1605 may be a communication interface of the chip, and the chip may be a component of a terminal device or other electronic devices.
又例如,电子设备1600可以是终端设备,通信单元1605可以是该终端设备的收发器,或者,通信单元1605可以是该终端设备的收发电路。For another example, the electronic device 1600 may be a terminal device, and the communication unit 1605 may be a transceiver of the terminal device, or the communication unit 1605 may be a transceiver circuit of the terminal device.
电子设备1600中可以包括一个或多个存储器1602,其上存有程序1604,程序1604 可被处理器1601运行,生成指令1603,使得处理器1601根据指令1603执行上述方法实施例中描述的控制来电静音的方法。Electronic device 1600 may include one or more memories 1602 on which programs 1604 are stored. Programs 1604 It can be run by the processor 1601 to generate instructions 1603, so that the processor 1601 executes the method of controlling incoming call muting described in the above method embodiment according to the instructions 1603.
可选地,存储器1602中还可以存储有数据。Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 1602.
可选地,处理器1601还可以读取存储器1602中存储的数据,该数据可以与程序1604存储在相同的存储地址,该数据也可以与程序1604存储在不同的存储地址。Optionally, the processor 1601 may also read data stored in the memory 1602 . The data may be stored at the same storage address as the program 1604 , or may be stored at a different storage address from the program 1604 .
处理器1601和存储器1602可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起,例如,集成在终端设备的系统级芯片(system on chip,SOC)上。The processor 1601 and the memory 1602 can be provided separately or integrated together, for example, integrated on a system on chip (SOC) of the terminal device.
示例性地,存储器1602可以用于存储本申请实施例中提供的控制来电静音的方法的相关程序1604,处理器1601可以用于在执行控制来电静音时调用存储器1602中存储的控制来电静音的方法的相关程序1604,执行本申请实施例的控制来电静音的方法;例如,例如,检测到第一电子设备来电;响应于来电,采集第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;基于加速度传感器的数据得到第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,第一峰值为与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值,第一加速度信号幅值为第一时刻的加速度信号,第二峰值为与用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值,第二加速度信号幅值为第二时刻的加速度信号;若第一动作和第二动作符合预设动作,且第一动作的方向和第二动作的方向不同,确定第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,停止第一电子设备和/或第二电子设备中来电的部分或者全部提示信息。For example, the memory 1602 can be used to store the relevant program 1604 for the method of controlling incoming call muting provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the processor 1601 can be used to call the method of controlling the incoming call muting stored in the memory 1602 when executing the control of incoming call muting. The related program 1604 executes the method for controlling incoming call muting according to the embodiment of the present application; for example, detecting an incoming call from the first electronic device; in response to the incoming call, collecting data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device; based on the data from the acceleration sensor, The information of the first peak value and the information of the second peak value, the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's first action, the first acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the first moment, and the second peak value is the The second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action, the second acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment; if the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, and the direction of the first action and the second The directions of the actions are different, it is determined that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, and part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device is stopped.
可选地,处理器1601可以用于执行图4至图13中所示实施例的各个步骤/功能。Optionally, the processor 1601 may be used to perform various steps/functions of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 to 13 .
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被处理器1601执行时实现本申请中任一方法实施例的控制来电静音的方法。The present application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by the processor 1601, implements the method for controlling incoming call muting according to any method embodiment of the present application.
该计算机程序产品可以存储在存储器1602中,例如是程序1604,程序1604经过预处理、编译、汇编和链接等处理过程最终被转换为能够被处理器1601执行的可执行目标文件。The computer program product may be stored in the memory 1602, such as a program 1604. The program 1604 is finally converted into an executable object file that can be executed by the processor 1601 through processes such as preprocessing, compilation, assembly, and linking.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现本申请中任一方法实施例所述的控制来电静音的方法。该计算机程序可以是高级语言程序,也可以是可执行目标程序。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a computer, the method for controlling incoming call muting described in any method embodiment of this application is implemented. The computer program may be a high-level language program or an executable object program.
可选地,该计算机可读存储介质例如是存储器1602。存储器1602可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或者,存储器1602可以同时包括易失性存储器和非易失性存储器。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。 Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium is, for example, memory 1602. Memory 1602 may be volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or memory 1602 may include both volatile memory and nonvolatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
应注意,尽管上述图18所示的电子设备1600仅仅示出了存储器、处理器、通信接口,但是在具体实现过程中,本领域的技术人员应当理解,电子设备1600还可以包括实现正常运行所必须的其他器件。同时,根据具体需要,本领域的技术人员应当理解,上述电子设备1600还可包括实现其他附加功能的硬件器件。此外,本领域的技术人员应当理解,上述电子设备1600也可仅仅包括实现本申请实施例所必须的器件,而不必包括图18中所示的全部器件。It should be noted that although the electronic device 1600 shown in FIG. 18 above only shows a memory, a processor, and a communication interface, during the specific implementation process, those skilled in the art will understand that the electronic device 1600 may also include all necessary components to achieve normal operation. other necessary components. At the same time, according to specific needs, those skilled in the art should understand that the above-mentioned electronic device 1600 may also include hardware devices that implement other additional functions. In addition, those skilled in the art should understand that the above-mentioned electronic device 1600 may only include components necessary to implement the embodiments of the present application, and does not necessarily include all components shown in FIG. 18 .
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented by software, the above embodiments can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website site, computer, server or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server or data center that contains one or more available media sets. The available medium can be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium can be a solid-state hard disk.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系,但也可能表示的是一种“和/或”的关系,具体可参考前后文进行理解。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. , there are three cases of B alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship, but it may also indicate an "and/or" relationship. For details, please refer to the previous and later contexts for understanding.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "plurality" refers to two or more. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application. Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的 划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the unit Division is only a logical functional division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored or not executed. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种控制来电静音的方法,应用于包括第一电子设备和第二电子设备的系统,所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备通信连接,所述第二电子设备为可穿戴设备,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for controlling incoming call muting, applied to a system including a first electronic device and a second electronic device, the first electronic device is communicatively connected to the second electronic device, and the second electronic device is a wearable device, It is characterized in that the method includes:
    检测到所述第一电子设备来电;An incoming call from the first electronic device is detected;
    响应于所述来电,采集所述第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据;In response to the incoming call, collect data from the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device;
    基于所述加速度传感器的数据得到第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,所述第一峰值为与用户的第一动作相关的第一加速度信号幅值与第一陀螺仪信息幅值,所述第一加速度信号幅值为第一时刻的加速度信号与第一陀螺仪信号幅值,所述第二峰值为与所述用户的第二动作相关的第二加速度信号幅值,所述第二加速度信号幅值为第二时刻的加速度信号;The first peak value information and the second peak value information are obtained based on the data of the acceleration sensor. The first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude and the first gyroscope information amplitude related to the user's first action, so The first acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal and the first gyroscope signal amplitude at the first moment, the second peak value is the second acceleration signal amplitude related to the user's second action, and the second The acceleration signal amplitude is the acceleration signal at the second moment;
    若所述第一动作和所述第二动作符合预设动作,且所述第一动作的方向和所述第二动作的方向不同,确定所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息。If the first action and the second action comply with the preset action, and the direction of the first action and the direction of the second action are different, determine the distance between the first moment and the second moment. If the time difference is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device is stopped.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is determined to be less than or equal to a first preset threshold, stopping the first electronic device and /Or part or all of the prompt information for the incoming call in the second electronic device includes:
    确定所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间差值小于或者等于第一预设阈值,且所述第一加速度信号幅值与所述第二加速度信号幅值的比值满足第一范围,停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息。It is determined that the time difference between the first moment and the second moment is less than or equal to a first preset threshold, and the ratio of the first acceleration signal amplitude to the second acceleration signal amplitude satisfies the first Scope, stop part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于所述加速度传感器的数据得到第一峰值的信息与第二峰值的信息,包括:The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein obtaining the first peak information and the second peak information based on the data of the acceleration sensor includes:
    基于寻峰算法对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,所述数据集合包括所述第一峰值的信息和所述第二峰值的信息。The data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on a peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set, where the data set includes information on the first peak and information on the second peak.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于寻峰算法对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,包括:The method of claim 3, wherein the data of the acceleration sensor is processed based on a peak-finding algorithm to obtain a data set, including:
    通过神经网络模型对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到所述数据集合,所述神经网络模型用于运行所述寻峰算法。The data of the acceleration sensor is processed by a neural network model to obtain the data set, and the neural network model is used to run the peak-finding algorithm.
  5. 如权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基于寻峰算法对所述加速度传感器的数据进行处理,得到数据集合,包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that the data of the acceleration sensor are processed based on the peak-seeking algorithm to obtain a data set, including:
    对所述加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,得到处理后的数据;Perform filtering processing on the data of the acceleration sensor to obtain processed data;
    基于所述寻峰算法对所述处理后的数据进行处理,得到所述数据集合。The processed data is processed based on the peak-finding algorithm to obtain the data set.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对所述加速度传感器的数据进行滤波处理,得到处理后的数据,包括:The method of claim 5, wherein filtering the acceleration sensor data to obtain processed data includes:
    基于均值滤波器对所述加速度传感器的数据进行所述滤波处理,得到所述处理后的数据。Perform the filtering process on the data of the acceleration sensor based on a mean filter to obtain the processed data.
  7. 如权利要求3至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一峰值的信息包 括第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一峰值对应的数据帧的标识;所述第二峰值的信息包括第二标识,所述第二标识为所述第二峰值对应的数据帧的标识,所述时间差值为基于所述第一标识和所述第二标识得到的时间差值。The method according to any one of claims 3 to 6, characterized in that the information packet of the first peak including a first identifier, which is the identifier of the data frame corresponding to the first peak; the information of the second peak includes a second identifier, and the second identifier is the data frame corresponding to the second peak The time difference is the time difference obtained based on the first identification and the second identification.
  8. 如权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一动作的方向与所述第二动作的方向相反。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一动作的方向与所述第二动作的方向相反,包括:The method of claim 8, wherein the direction of the first action is opposite to the direction of the second action, including:
    所述第一动作的方向为顺时针方向,且所述第二动作的方向为逆时针方向;或者,The direction of the first action is clockwise, and the direction of the second action is counterclockwise; or,
    所述第一动作的方向为逆时针方向,且所述第二动作的方向为顺时针方向。The direction of the first movement is counterclockwise, and the direction of the second movement is clockwise.
  10. 如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述采集所述第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein collecting data from an acceleration sensor in the second electronic device includes:
    在预设时间段内采集所述第二电子设备中加速度传感器的数据,所述预设时间段为所述来电的时间段。The data of the acceleration sensor in the second electronic device is collected within a preset time period, and the preset time period is the time period of the incoming call.
  11. 如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一峰值为基于所述用户的所述第一动作采集的所述第一加速度信号幅值;所述第二峰值为基于所述用户的所述第二动作采集的所述第二加速度信号幅值。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the first peak value is the first acceleration signal amplitude collected based on the first action of the user; and the second The peak value is the second acceleration signal amplitude collected based on the second action of the user.
  12. 如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设动作包括翻转手腕的动作。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that the preset action includes an action of turning the wrist.
  13. 如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的部分或者全部提示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the step of stopping part or all of the prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device comprises:
    停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的全部提示信息。Stop all prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述停止所述第一电子设备和/或所述第二电子设备中所述来电的全部提示信息,包括:The method of claim 13, wherein stopping all prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device includes:
    停止所述第一电子设备和所述第二电子设备中所述来电的全部提示信息。Stop all prompt information of the incoming call in the first electronic device and the second electronic device.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述提示信息包括响铃提示信息和/或振动提示信息。The method according to claim 14 is characterized in that the prompt information includes ringing prompt information and/or vibration prompt information.
  16. 如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备通信连接包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the communication connection between the first electronic device and the second electronic device includes:
    所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间无线连接,或者,所述第一电子设备与所述第二电子设备之间蓝牙连接。The first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected wirelessly, or the first electronic device and the second electronic device are connected via Bluetooth.
  17. 如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 16, further comprising:
    显示第一界面;Display the first interface;
    在所述第一界面中检测到第一操作,所述第一操作为指示开启来电静音的操作。A first operation is detected in the first interface, and the first operation is an operation indicating to turn on mute for incoming calls.
  18. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, characterized by including:
    一个或多个处理器和存储器;one or more processors and memories;
    所述存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,所述一个或多个处理器调用所述计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至17中任一项所述的方法。The memory is coupled to the one or more processors, the memory is used to store computer program code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and the one or more processors invoke the computer instructions to cause the The electronic device performs the method according to any one of claims 1 to 17.
  19. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,所述芯片系统应用于电子设备,所述芯片系统 包括一个或多个处理器,所述处理器用于调用计算机指令以使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至17中任一项所述的方法。A chip system, characterized in that the chip system is applied to electronic equipment, and the chip system One or more processors are included, and the processor is used to invoke computer instructions to cause the electronic device to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 17.
  20. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储了计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被处理器执行时,使得处理器执行权利要求1至17中任一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a processor, the processor causes the processor to execute any one of claims 1 to 17. Methods.
PCT/CN2023/091978 2022-07-29 2023-05-04 Method for controlling incoming call to be mute, and electronic device WO2024021727A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210910764.9A CN116033061B (en) 2022-07-29 2022-07-29 Method for controlling incoming call silence and electronic equipment
CN202210910764.9 2022-07-29

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024021727A1 WO2024021727A1 (en) 2024-02-01
WO2024021727A9 true WO2024021727A9 (en) 2024-03-28

Family

ID=86073861

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/091978 WO2024021727A1 (en) 2022-07-29 2023-05-04 Method for controlling incoming call to be mute, and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116033061B (en)
WO (1) WO2024021727A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116033061B (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-04-05 荣耀终端有限公司 Method for controlling incoming call silence and electronic equipment

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102946488A (en) * 2012-11-23 2013-02-27 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 System and method for mute control of mobile phone
JP2014220558A (en) * 2013-05-01 2014-11-20 パナソニック株式会社 Portable terminal apparatus, sound mute processing method and program
CN104796550A (en) * 2015-04-23 2015-07-22 谢玉章 Method for controlling intelligent hardware by aid of bodies during incoming phone call answering
CN105162979B (en) * 2015-08-26 2019-02-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 A kind of incoming call mute control method and smartwatch
CN105577924B (en) * 2015-12-21 2019-07-05 小米科技有限责任公司 Method, wearable device and the terminal device of wearable device controlling terminal equipment
CN113382122A (en) * 2016-06-02 2021-09-10 荣耀终端有限公司 Intelligent reminding method, terminal, wearable device and system
CN106331366A (en) * 2016-09-12 2017-01-11 广州视源电子科技股份有限公司 Incoming call processing method, wearable device, mobile terminal, and incoming call processing system
CN113055530B (en) * 2017-07-13 2022-05-13 广东小天才科技有限公司 Mode switching method and device
CN109714481A (en) * 2018-12-28 2019-05-03 深圳市潮流网络技术有限公司 A kind of mobile terminal call management method
CN114222020B (en) * 2020-09-03 2022-11-25 华为技术有限公司 Position relation identification method and device and readable storage medium
CN114051066A (en) * 2021-11-26 2022-02-15 歌尔科技有限公司 Wearable device, incoming call control method and device thereof, and readable storage medium
CN116033061B (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-04-05 荣耀终端有限公司 Method for controlling incoming call silence and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116033061A (en) 2023-04-28
CN116033061B (en) 2024-04-05
WO2024021727A1 (en) 2024-02-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7391102B2 (en) Gesture processing methods and devices
JP7081048B2 (en) System navigation bar display method, system navigation bar control method, graphical user interface, and electronic devices
CN113645351B (en) Application interface interaction method, electronic device and computer-readable storage medium
CN113726950B (en) Image processing method and electronic equipment
US11930130B2 (en) Screenshot generating method, control method, and electronic device
KR102577396B1 (en) Recording frame rate control method and related devices
WO2021249053A1 (en) Image processing method and related apparatus
WO2022127787A1 (en) Image display method and electronic device
US20220150403A1 (en) Input Method and Electronic Device
WO2021082815A1 (en) Display element display method and electronic device
WO2022027972A1 (en) Device searching method and electronic device
WO2024021727A9 (en) Method for controlling incoming call to be mute, and electronic device
CN113536866A (en) Character tracking display method and electronic equipment
WO2024021726A1 (en) Method for controlling muting of incoming call and electronic device
CN115484380A (en) Shooting method, graphical user interface and electronic equipment
US20240193945A1 (en) Method for determining recommended scenario and electronic device
WO2022105702A1 (en) Method and electronic device for saving image
CN112437341B (en) Video stream processing method and electronic equipment
CN114205457A (en) Method for moving user interface element and electronic equipment
CN114089902A (en) Gesture interaction method and device and terminal equipment
WO2023029547A1 (en) Video processing method, and electronic device
WO2022188511A1 (en) Voice assistant wake-up method and apparatus
WO2022206589A1 (en) Image processing method and related device
WO2020233581A1 (en) Height measuring method and electronic device
WO2024037384A1 (en) Display method for electronic device and electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23844942

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1